{"title":"Patio \u0026 Garden","description":"\u003cp\u003eExplore patio \u0026amp; garden clearance finds selected for practical homes and everyday living.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"vevor-outdoor-stair-railing-handrail","title":"VEVOR Outdoor Stair Railing Kit, 3-5 ft Adjustable Aluminum Handrail, Black \u0026 White Stair Hand Rail for The Elderly, Indoor \u0026 Outdoor Steps","description":"\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjustable for Different Steps: The product size, the distance between the vertical bars and the adjustable angle all vary by model, and the adjustable angle lets our outdoor railing fit 1 to 5 steps. It is perfect for helping people keep balance when walking up and down the stairs in the rain or winter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh Bearing Capacity: With its thickened base and tube, this hand railing for stairs can hold up to 155-165 lbs\/70-75 kg weight, depending on the model. As a reliable grab bar for your family, it provides extra security for the elderly, children, pregnant women, disabled family members, and people after surgery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSturdy Aluminum Material: This hand rail is made from durable aluminum, precluding worry about corrosion or scratch. It features a smooth powder-coated surface, allowing you to clean it with water or cloth easily and quickly. The railing is designed to last for years, even exposed to the sun or rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEffortless Installation: Accompanying the deck handrail are complete accessories for easy installation, including screws, Allen wrench, etc. Just choose your desired location, mark it, drill holes on the mounting surface, set up screws with the φ0.5\"\/13 mm pre-drilled holes, and finally place base trim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Use: The aluminum handrail is a must-have for your family with reliable performance. It can be installed on concrete, brick, and wood steps of porches, balconies, gardens, residential buildings, hotels, garages, etc. This stair handrail is ideal for places you cannot attach to a wall or structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVEVOR\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardware \u0026gt; Building Materials \u0026gt; Handrails \u0026amp; Railing Systems \u0026gt; Handrails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor: Black, White; Length: 3 ft, 4 ft, 5 ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ 3 ft","offer_id":51800307499314,"sku":"LZLTFS3YCYGHSDLZ1V0","price":60.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 3 ft","offer_id":51800307532082,"sku":"LZLTFS3YCYGBSDLZ1V0","price":61.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 4 ft","offer_id":51800307564850,"sku":"LZLTFS4YCYGHSDLZ1V0","price":85.06,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 4 ft","offer_id":51800307597618,"sku":"LZLTFS4YCYGBSDLZ1V0","price":54.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 5 ft","offer_id":51800307630386,"sku":"SNLZSLZYGL5FTPDUBV0","price":90.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 5 ft","offer_id":51800307663154,"sku":"SNLZSLZYGL5FT1GTPV0","price":65.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-lzltfs3ycyghsdlz1v0-0.jpg?v=1789368914"},{"product_id":"vevor-crowd-control-stanchion-set","title":"VEVOR Crowd Control Stanchion Set, 6 Stainless Steel Posts with 2 Red Velvet Ropes, 38 in Retractable Queue Barriers for Indoor \u0026 Outdoor","description":"\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDurable Material: The silver crowd control stanchions are built from 201 stainless steel posts with zinc alloy lobster clasps - durable and heat resistant. Moreover, this durable material features waterproof and rustproof to adapt to indoor and outside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExtended Velvet Rope: Our crowd control barrier comes with two eye-catching red velvet ropes. The elegant rope is made of flannel material that is thick, not easy to break. Besides, the rope measures 5 ft\/1.5 m long, providing a larger area for your various demands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStable Base: The sturdy 12.6 in base is heavier than ordinary bases and will not tip over in wind or crowds. The rubber at the bottom of each base is designed for maximum protection against floor scuffing and stanchion itself. In addition, the rubber can reduce the noise when moving or if you run over the post incautiously.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy Installation: There are four adapters at the top of each stanchion post for velvet rope to connect. Furthermore, each rope has hooks at both ends to allow you to attach the rope to the pillars easily and quickly. You don't need to use other auxiliary tools, and you can set it up in a few minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWidely Used: Our stainless steel stanchion is a good choice for crowd control because of its high quality. As a result, it is commonly used in theaters, hotels, casinos, red carpet events, ticket offices, and so on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVEVOR\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardware \u0026gt; Fencing \u0026amp; Barriers \u0026gt; Safety \u0026amp; Crowd Control Barriers \u0026gt; Retractable Belts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Rope Silver Bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSet Contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 x stanchion posts + 2 x red velvet ropes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37.4 in \/ 95 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.6 in \/ 32 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e201 Stainless Steel with Zinc Alloy lobster clasps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTube Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 in \/ 5.1 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRope Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 ft \/ 1.5 m per rope\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRope Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed flannel (velvet) rope, 1.27 in \/ 3.2 cm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConnection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour-way adapters at the top of each post, hooks on both rope ends\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29 lbs \/ 13 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor: Red Rope Silver Bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"Red Rope Silver Bar","offer_id":51800308449586,"sku":"GLZYS1.5M3RS6JTZHV0","price":132.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-glzys1-5m3rs6jtzhv0-0.jpg?v=1789368947"},{"product_id":"vevor-greenhouse-film","title":"VEVOR Greenhouse Film, Clear Polyethylene Cover Film 6 Mil, UV Resistant Plastic Sheeting for Greenhouse, Garden and Cold Protection, Available in 9 Sizes","description":"\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDurable Polyethylene Material: made of 6 mil \/ 0.15 mm polyethylene that resists tearing and UV radiation for long service life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeeps Warm and Protects Plants: the clear cover film blocks UV radiation in hot weather, holds warmth in cold weather and reduces dust absorption for better plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuperior Strength and Toughness: high-tenacity polyethylene film that is corrosion resistant, tear resistant, UV protected and weather resistant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWide Application: use it as a protective barrier for greenhouse, garden, agriculture, construction, masonry, landscaping and residential projects, or as a DIY cover for other warm-keeping needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVEVOR\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolyethylene (PE)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Mil \/ 0.15 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUV Protection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDo-it-yourself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardware \u0026gt; Hardware Accessories \u0026gt; Tarps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 10 x 25 ft, 12 x 25 ft, 15 x 40 ft, 20 x 100 ft, 20 x 28 ft, 24 x 50 ft, 25 x 40 ft, 32 x 25 ft, 8 x 25 ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"20 x 28 ft","offer_id":51800326865202,"sku":"PEWSM2028FT000001V0","price":47.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 x 25 ft","offer_id":51800326897970,"sku":"PEWSM1025FT000001V0","price":27.06,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12 x 25 ft","offer_id":51800326930738,"sku":"PEWSM1225FT000001V0","price":29.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 x 100 ft","offer_id":51800326963506,"sku":"PEWSM20100FT00001V0","price":141.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15 x 40 ft","offer_id":51800326996274,"sku":"PEWSM1540FT000001V0","price":49.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8 x 25 ft","offer_id":51800327029042,"sku":"PEWSM825FT0000001V0","price":23.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 x 40 ft","offer_id":51800327061810,"sku":"PEWSM2540FT000001V0","price":74.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"24 x 50 ft","offer_id":51800327094578,"sku":"PEWSM2450FT000001V0","price":85.26,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"32 x 25 ft","offer_id":51800327127346,"sku":"PEWSM3225FT000001V0","price":61.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-pewsm2028ft000001v0-0.jpg?v=1789369295"},{"product_id":"vevor-ltfs2bxyglzhs0001v0","title":"VEVOR Outdoor column stair handrail","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVEVOR Outdoor column stair handrail\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eConfiguration specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis page describes SKU BXGSLZFS180C0LCPKV0. See the current availability above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBXGSLZFS180C0LCPKV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable For Steps: 5 to 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable Angle Range: 0° - 45°; Side Push Force: 132 lbs \/ 60 kg; Color: Silver; Vertical Load Capacity: 220 lbs \/ 100 kg; Column Center Distance (Flat): 59.1 inch \/ 1500 mm; Product Dimensions: L x W x H: 70.9 x 3.4 x 41.7 inch \/ 1800 x 87 x 1060 mm; Handle Length: 70.9 inch \/ 1800 mm; Pulling Force: 198 lbs \/ 90 kg; Item Model Number: SSH-1S-180-0; Maximum Height Difference: 41.7 inch \/ 1060 ± 5 mm; Net Weight: 12.1 lbs \/ 5.5 kg ± 3% (including all accessories); Main Material: Stainless Steel 201; Column Center Distance (Max Height Difference): 42.9 inch \/ 1090 ± 5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eBXGSLZFS180C0LCPKV0 - 5 to 6\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFriendly Reminder: This handrail is made of 201 stainless steel and may have a potential risk of rusting outdoors. Please confirm installation space before purchase. Use a blue Scotch Brite pad to clean rust if needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e220 lbs Heavy-Duty Capacity: This stair handrail is built to last, offering reliable safety and support for both the elderly and children. Its reinforced design provides a comfortable grip, ensuring secure use for pregnant women and seniors as they navigate stairs. 0°-45° Adjustable Angle: The handrail features an adjustable range from 0 to 45 degrees, making it ideal for most doorsteps, garage entrances, garden railings, and more. This flexibility allows it to accommodate various stair configurations effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy Installation: Equipped with stainless steel expansion bolts for double reinforcement, enhancing stability. Additionally, a user-friendly manual is included to make the installation process straightforward and hassle-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile Use: This outdoor stair railing can be installed on concrete, wood floors, tiles, marble, and other solid surfaces. Its unique design complements various stair types, ensuring both functionality and style.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy Accessories: We provide a complete set of installation hardware, including screws, nuts, expansion bolts, and metal anchors, for robust support at both ends. This comprehensive kit ensures a smooth and secure installation process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"5 to 6","offer_id":51800485953842,"sku":"BXGSLZFS180C0LCPKV0","price":72.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-ltfs2bxyglzhs0001v0-0.jpg?v=1789370849"},{"product_id":"vevor-tripod-projector-screen","title":"VEVOR Tripod Projector Screen with Stand, 16:9 4K HD Wrinkle-Free Height Adjustable Portable Projection Screen for Indoor \u0026 Outdoor Movie, Home Cinema, Gaming and Office","description":"\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e【4K HD VIVID IMAGERY】 - The projection screen tripod brings you vivid imagery and a comfortable viewing experience with a 16:9 4K ultra HD resolution. The polyester screen provides an outstanding image reproduction due to its wrinkle-free surface. Four black side borders are designed to enhance picture contrast.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e【WIDE-ANGLE SCREEN】 - With the 100\"\/254 cm diagonal display area, the projection screen with stand allows more people to enjoy blockbusters together. 160-degree wide viewing angle means you will have no glare or lumen loss while diffusing light in all directions, even in a well lite office.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e【DURABLE STABLE \u0026amp; HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT】 - Our projector stand screen is outfitted with an aluminum tripod stand, ensuring stability on all types of flooring. Its legs are foldable for easy storage. The stand height is adjustable from 78.7\"\/200 cm to 98.4\"\/250 cm by turning the knobs for your comfort experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e【PORTABLE \u0026amp; EASY SETUP】 - Whether it is a conference or sudden movie planning at home, the projector screen and stand are quick and easy to set up in about 5 minutes. No tools, hardware, or special expertise are required. As a result, you can get a phenomenal viewing experience at any time anywhere.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e【WIDE APPLICATION】 - This projection screen can be used both indoors and outdoors, suitable for most projectors, this portable projector screen with stand is a perfect mobile projection solution for professional or personal needs. You can turn any place into a home theater or media room, enjoying movies, sports events, photos, video games, and giving presentations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVEVOR\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectronics \u0026gt; Video \u0026gt; Video Accessories \u0026gt; Projector Accessories \u0026gt; Projection Screens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTripod projector screen with stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAspect Ratio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eResolution\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4K HD compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScreen Surface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWrinkle-free\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight Adjustable\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor and outdoor movie, home cinema, gaming, office\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiagonal Dimension: 100 inch, 110 inch, 60 inch, 70 inch, 80 inch, 90 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"100 inch","offer_id":51801031213362,"sku":"TYPMDZC10016968W7V0","price":39.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"110 inch","offer_id":51801031246130,"sku":"TYPMDZC110169N4Z0V0","price":39.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"60 inch","offer_id":51801031278898,"sku":"TYPMDZCY60169TJZJV0","price":33.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"80 inch","offer_id":51801031311666,"sku":"TYPMDZCY80169V6FXV0","price":35.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"90 inch","offer_id":51801031344434,"sku":"TYPMDZCY901696BAVV0","price":39.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"70 inch","offer_id":51801031377202,"sku":"TYPMDZCY70169BAL0V0","price":31.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-typmdzc10016968w7v0-0.jpg?v=1789377295"},{"product_id":"vevor-wrought-iron-outdoor-stair-handrail-2-steps","title":"VEVOR Outdoor Stair Railing, Wrought Iron Handrail for Front Porch Steps, Adjustable and Fit for 1 or 2 Steps","description":"\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlexible for 1 Step: Max Height for Steps: 6.3 in\/16 cm; Distance Between Posts: 13.4 in\/34 cm; Post Height: 37.8\"\/96 cm. Due to the flexible height, our wrought iron handrail fits your 1 step according to the different sizes. It is perfect for helping people keep balance in the rain or winter and prevent skidding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSturdy Wrought Iron: This outdoor stair railing is made from durable wrought iron material with thick solid bases, which is more rigid and reliable than aluminum products. The stable and sturdy construction ensures an excellent load capacity to provide a secure grab bar for your family. Moreover, the ergonomic design is adopted to create a comfortable grip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEffortless Installation: The front porch hand rail is easy to assemble with complete accessories, including 2 x M6 bolts, 8 x self-tapping screws, 8 x expansion screws, and 2 x open-ended spanners. Just choose your desired location, mark it, drill holes on the mounting surface, set up screws, and finally place base trim over fasteners. It only takes a few minutes to finish the installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStylish \u0026amp; Delicate Design: Our handrail for concrete steps features a smooth powder-coated surface with chic black, which allows you to clean it with water or cloth easily and quickly. Its classic curly side design is beautiful and delicate, making it more ornamental and eye-catching. In addition to providing security protection, the handrail also decorates your stairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExtensive Application: The railing for steps provides extra security for the elderly, children, pregnant, disabled family members, and people after surgery. It can be installed on concrete, brick, and wood steps of porches, balconies, gardens, residential buildings, hotels, garages, etc. This outdoor railing is ideal for places where you cannot attach to a wall or structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVEVOR\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLumber \u0026amp; Composites \u0026gt; Decking \u0026gt; Deck Railings \u0026gt; Deck Railing Systems \u0026gt; Handrail \u0026gt; Outdoor column stair handrail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51802225344818,"sku":"LTFSLDS1BMLFS0001V0","price":57.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-ltfslds1bmlfs0001v0-0.jpg?v=1789389259"},{"product_id":"vevor-fire-pit-grate","title":"VEVOR Fire Pit Grate, Heavy Duty Iron Round Firewood Grate for Outdoor Wood Burning Fire Pit","description":"\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e【PERFECT DIMENSION】 - Our round firewood grates are perfect in size, 3.5 inches high, and 24 inches in diameter. There are also 1 \/ 3-inch-thick solid steel pipes, with a distance of 2.8 inches between each round tube. Ideal for most built-in or stand-alone fire pits\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e【SOLID INSTRUCTION】 - The fire pit grate comprises Q235 steel and surface paint, which is strong and has high-temperature resistance. At the same time, we have two additional round tubes, keeping firewood from falling and reducing its deformation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e【HEAVY LOAD BEARING】 - Our round fire pit grate allows you to put more wood to burn at one time. Due to the more excellent load-bearing and no bending of round pipe during use, you can operate without problems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e【HASSLE-FREE TO INSTALL】 - It's very convenient to install the circle fire pit grate. You don't need tools; you just need to tighten 7 feet to put them into use. You can also take the feet off to store the firepit grate when you don't use it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e【EXTENSIVE APPLICATION】 - The fire grate can be used in your backyard or camping. You can use it with charcoal, but it's not recommended putting food directly for baking. However, it is perfect to use with pots and pans over the fire.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVEVOR\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeating, Venting \u0026amp; Cooling \u0026gt; Fireplaces \u0026gt; Fireplace Grates \u0026gt; Log Grate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 24 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"24 inch","offer_id":51802235830578,"sku":"LPYCYXYGDDJ24OH0GV0","price":45.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-lpycyxygddj24oh0gv0-0.jpg?v=1789389487"},{"product_id":"vevor-outdoor-stair-railing-2-3-steps","title":"VEVOR Outdoor Stair Railing, Alloy Metal Handrail Fits 2 or 3 Steps for Front Porch and Garden","description":"\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFit for 2 or 3 Steps: Max Height for Steps: 13.8\"\/35 cm; Distance Between Posts: 29.5\"\/75 cm; Post Height: 37.8\"\/96 cm. Due to the flexible height, our outdoor stair railing fits your 2 or 3 steps according to the different sizes. It is perfect for helping people keep balance in the rain or winter and prevent skidding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePremium Alloy: This hand railing for steps is made of lightweight alloy with thick solid bases, more rust-proof than iron products. The stable and sturdy construction ensures an excellent load capacity to provide a secure grab bar for your family.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEffortless Installation: The transitional handrail is easy and quick to assemble with complete accessories for different kinds of floors. Just choose your desired location, mark it, drill holes on the mounting surface, set up screws, and finally place base trim over fasteners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStylish \u0026amp; Delicate Design: Our outdoor stair rail features a smooth powder-coated surface for easy cleaning and maintaining. Its classic curly side design is beautiful and delicate, making it more ornamental and eye-catching.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExtensive Application: The step handrail can decorate your stair and provide extra security for the elderly, children, pregnant, disabled family members, and people after surgery. You can install it on concrete, brick, and wood steps of porches, balconies, gardens, residential buildings, hotels, garages, etc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVEVOR\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLumber \u0026amp; Composites \u0026gt; Decking \u0026gt; Deck Railings \u0026gt; Deck Railing Systems \u0026gt; Handrail \u0026gt; Outdoor column stair handrail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51802241007922,"sku":"HWLZLTFSHSCW35IP8V0","price":66.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-hwlzltfshscw35ip8v0-0.jpg?v=1789389633"},{"product_id":"vevor-hardware-cloth-wire-mesh","title":"VEVOR Hardware Cloth, Galvanized Steel Vinyl Coated Wire Mesh Roll for Garden Fencing and Poultry","description":"\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVinyl-coated Galvanized Steel: Our hardware cloth is made of durable steel. Galvanization and a black vinyl coating provide maximum rust \u0026amp; corrosion resistance, and high ductility. The premium material also ensures ultimate longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFirm Welding Structure: Different from other products, our mesh hardware cloth is welded at every point, so it will not break off. What's more, the welding structure is extremely sturdy, and damage from repeated use is not a problem.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy Use: Although the black vinyl coated mesh has a sturdy structure, it is still flexible enough to conform to any desired shape, such as a tree guard, and can be cut with included wire cutters. Note: you should wear gloves included to use the mesh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlexible Usage: The vinyl-coated welded wire roll can be unfolded quickly. Suitable for animal cage net mesh, fence, wall decorations, vegetable garden, and other household appliances.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVEVOR\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLumber \u0026amp; Composites \u0026gt; Fencing \u0026amp; Gates \u0026gt; Welded Wire Fences\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 24 inch x 50 ft, 24 inch x 100 ft, 48 inch x 50 ft, 36 inch x 50 ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"24 inch x 50 ft","offer_id":51802309919026,"sku":"YXHJWHSBDDWC28RC4V0","price":44.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"24 inch x 100 ft","offer_id":51802309951794,"sku":"YXHJWHSBDDWC2JLKLV0","price":67.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48 inch x 50 ft","offer_id":51802309984562,"sku":"YXHJWHSBDDWC4TJ89V0","price":78.47,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"36 inch x 50 ft","offer_id":51802310017330,"sku":"YXHJWHSBDDWC3WKULV0","price":58.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-yxhjwhsbddwc28rc4v0-0.jpg?v=1789391602"},{"product_id":"vevor-tomato-cages-plant-support","title":"VEVOR Tomato Cages, Square Plant Support Cages for Garden and Climbing Plants, PVC Coated Steel","description":"\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e10 Packs 3-tier Trellis: 10 sets of 3-tier square trellis. 46.1\"\/ 117 cm high tomato cage is specifically designed to provide vertical climbing plants support, preventing the fruit, vegetable, and leaves from weighing down the stems or entangling with each other. The large 11.8\"L x 11.8\"W\/ 30 x 30 cm openings square frame gives your plants more space to branch out, accessing for a bigger, cleaner harvest at growing seasons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMulti-function Tomato Cages: With the help of our folding tomato cage, your climbing plant will not be blown over by the wind or drooping due to the fruits coming in crowds. Besides, the cage can also keep fruits off the ground to avoid rot and animal damage. Perfect for the growth of tomato plants, eggplants, peppers, peas, beans, zucchini, strawberries, raspberries, cucumbers, climbing flowers, etc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStrong Support Steel Wire: φ0.2\"\/ 4 mm solid steel core wire structure with well-welding technology provides the growing plants with durable and sturdy support. Up to 22 lbs\/ 10 kg load capacity tomato cage stands firmly even with heavy fruits. With a PVC coating, the large tomato cages will be no rust or corrosion after years of usage. The silver surface helps to blend into plants, natural without seeming weird.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFoldable \u0026amp; Flexible Combination: The heavy-duty tomato cage can be easily interlocked with the lock on the side, and it can be folded flat into the 1\/4 width of each unfolded trellis for off-season compact storage. DIY assemble the folding plant support into different shapes --irregular, half-folded, tiled, and triangle-- to maximally utilize the space of your garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInstallation Kit for Application: No tool is needed to install, only to insert the four steel stakes into the ground. 10\"\/ 26 cm high in-ground legs can be adjusted to meet your needs. Our tomato tower is excellent for indoor and outdoor applications. Suitable for the fruits, vegetables, and flowers planted on the garden, home, balcony, roof, and courtyard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVEVOR\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoors \u0026gt; Garden Center \u0026gt; Plant Support \u0026gt; Tomato Cages \u0026gt; Plant Cages \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003especification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 inch-10 Pcs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor: Green, Silver; specification: 12 inch-10 Pcs, 12 inch-5 Pcs, 14 inch-6 Pcs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"Silver \/ 12 inch-10 Pcs","offer_id":51802312278322,"sku":"FXKZDFQZZ1246AU8WV0","price":87.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver \/ 12 inch-5 Pcs","offer_id":51802312311090,"sku":"FXKZDFQZZ1246265OV0","price":56.16,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ 14 inch-6 Pcs","offer_id":51802312343858,"sku":"FXKZDFQ14.639YCQ1V0","price":67.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ 12 inch-10 Pcs","offer_id":51802312376626,"sku":"FXKZDFQZZ12468SD0V0","price":86.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-fxkzdfqzz1246au8wv0-0.jpg?v=1789391647"},{"product_id":"vevor-birdcage-garden-arbor","title":"VEVOR Birdcage Garden Arbor 9 ft High x 6.6 ft Wide, Heavy-Duty Wrought Iron Wedding Arch Trellis","description":"\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeavy-Duty \u0026amp; Corrosion-Proof: This birdcage-shaped gazebo is made of premium steel, coated with powder paint, sturdy, smooth, and corrosion-proof. Thus it can withstand all harsh weather conditions and grace your garden for year to come.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge Size for Outdoor Uses: The steel arbor's height: 9 ft\/2.7 m, width: 6.6 ft\/2 m, door height: 6.1 ft\/1.9 m, door width: 3.4 ft\/1 m. It is suitable for various ceremonies and leisure life outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRomantic Plant Climbing Trellis: The outdoor arbor's birdcage shape and four openwork walls design provide good support for climbing plants such as ivy, clematis, wisteria, morning glory, rose, grapevine, and more. You can use it as a flower trellis, allowing plants to grow upwards naturally and adding a romantic touch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy \u0026amp; Stable Setup: You will need 1 person to assist you with the installation. Our garden arbor has complete connection hardware, detailed assembly instructions, and installation tools. Furthermore, there is a complete set of ground staples. You can install the gazebo anywhere in your patio or garden, stable and steady.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVersatile Uses: The birdcage-shaped gazebo can be used as a resting place to enjoy the calm solitude that nature brings to you. This pavilion is ideal for DIYers to add a touch of elegance to patios and gardens, used as a sacred space for peaceful meditation, wedding ceremonies, or other outdoor activities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVEVOR\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoors \u0026gt; Garden Center \u0026gt; Outdoor Decor \u0026gt; Trellises \u0026gt; Arbors \u0026gt; Garden Arches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 9 ft; Color: Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"9 ft \/ Black","offer_id":51802323419442,"sku":"TYHYGMYCHSNL9G07VV0","price":135.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-tyhygmychsnl9g07vv0-0.jpg?v=1789391947"},{"product_id":"vevor-wxhpychsyts341lu2v0","title":"VEVOR Fire Pit Bowl, 34-Inch Diameter Round Carbon Steel Fire Bowl, Wood Burning for Outdoor Patios, Backyards \u0026 Camping Uses, with A Drain Hole, Portable Handles and A Firewood","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVEVOR Fire Pit Bowl, 34-Inch Diameter Round Carbon Steel Fire Bowl, Wood Burning for Outdoor Patios, Backyards \u0026amp; Camping Uses, with A Drain Hole, Portable Handles and A Firewood\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWXHPYCHSYTS341LU2V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eouter diameter : 34 inch; Color: Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel: VV-FPB-34; Material: Black Painted Carbon Steel; Bowl Diameter: 33.5 in\/ 85 cm; Bowl Depth: 9 in\/ 23 cm; Bowl Thickness: 0.1 in\/ 2.3 mm; Item Height: 16 in\/ 40.5 cm; Item Weight: 40.8 lbs\/ 18.5 kg; Legs Thickness: 1.6 in\/ 4 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Fire Pit Bowl; 4 x Supporting Leg; 1 x Installation Kit; 1 x Firewood Stick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWXHPYCHSYTS341LU2V0 - 34 inch; Black\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge Size Fire Pit: Fire Pit Bowl Dimension: 33.5'' W x 9'' D, weighs 40.8 lbs. The Thickness of the Bowl: 0.1''. The Thickness of Legs: 1.6''. Total 16'' in height when it stands. The multifunctional fireplace is large enough, perfect for keeping warm, making BBQ, etc. Note: The BBQ net is NOT INCLUDED.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable Carbon Steel: The outdoor fire bowl made of high-strength carbon steel is black painted for heat-proof and rust-proof to ensure long-lasting quality and functionality for all weathers. A heavy-duty 4-legged base design supports a different stable stand when used. Additionally, the smooth painted surface can be maintained easily with a wet rag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure \u0026amp; Reliable: You no longer need to be concerned with difficult transport thanks to the portable handles. Also, we provide you with a firewood stick to adjust the firewood and the bowl.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to Install: The fire bowl can be effortlessly assembled by tightening 4 legs within a few minutes with the complete installation tools we provide, saving your energy and time. When not in use, it is recommended to be stored indoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtensive Uses: Ideal for outdoor campings, picnics, barbecues, and parties. Our fire pit bowl provides cozy warmth and creates a comfortable or romantic atmosphere for all your loved ones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"34 inch \/ Black","offer_id":51802329743666,"sku":"WXHPYCHSYTS341LU2V0","price":194.06,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-wxhpychsyts341lu2v0-0.jpg?v=1789392033"},{"product_id":"vevor-mzy612ft12ft604drv0","title":"VEVOR Camping Gazebo Screen Tent - Select Your Configuration","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVEVOR Camping Gazebo Screen Tent - Select Your Configuration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMZY612FT12FT604DRV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 12*12 ft; Color: Brown; Style: Classic Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel: FY-006; Material: 300D Oxford Fabric \u0026amp; B3 Gauze Netting; Size: 12 ft x 12 ft \/ 3.66 m x 3.66 m; Maximum Coverage: 8 people; Max. Height: 90\" \/ 2.29 m; Width for every side: 71\" \/ 1.8 m; Weight: 35 lbs \/ 16 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Camping Gazebo Tent; 6 x Wind Cloth; 11 x Ground Stake; 5 x Guy Rope; 2 x Door Frame Pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMZY610FT10FT67P5KV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 10*10 ft; Color: Brown; Style: Classic Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel: VV-CGT-1010; Material: 300D Oxford Fabric \u0026amp; B3 Gauze Netting; Size: 10 ft x 10 ft \/ 3.05 m x 3.05 m; Maximum Coverage: 8 people; Max. Height: 90\" \/ 2.29 m; Width for every side: 71\" \/ 1.8 m; Weight: 35 lbs \/ 16 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Camping Gazebo Tent; 6 x Wind Cloth; 11 x Ground Stake; 5 x Guy Rope; 2 x Door Frame Pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZPSLTJLS10X1F6ZWMV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 10*10 ft; Color: Army Green; Style: Classic Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWind Cloths: 6; Windproof Rope Length: 3 m; Item Model Number: FY-002; Style: 6-Sided-Polygon; Support Pole Diameter: φ11 mm; Occupant Capacity: 6 People; Windows: 2; Product Dimensions: 10 x 10 x 7.5 ft\/3.05 x 3.05 x 2.29 m; Net Weight: 30.6 lbs \/ 13.86 kg; Main Material: 300D Oxford Fabric + Fiberglass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZPSLTZS6X6FTW9616V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 6*6 ft; Color: Brown; Style: Classic Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWind Cloths: 4; Windproof Rope Length: 2.5 m; Item Model Number: FY-001; Style: 4-Sided-Polygon; Support Pole Diameter: φ9.5 mm; Occupant Capacity: 4 People; Windows: 1; Product Dimensions: 6 x 6 x 6.9 ft \/ 1.83 x 1.83 x 2.1 m; Net Weight: 20.1 lbs \/ 9.1 kg; Main Material: 300D Oxford Fabric + Fiberglass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZPSLTJLS12X1117M6V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 12*12 ft; Color: Army Green; Style: Classic Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWind Cloths: 6; Windproof Rope Length: 3 m; Item Model Number: FY-004; Style: 6-Sided-Polygon; Support Pole Diameter: φ11 mm; Occupant Capacity: 8 People; Windows: 2; Product Dimensions: 12 x 12 x 7.9 ft \/ 3.66 x 3.66 x 2.4 m; Net Weight: 36.1 lbs \/ 16.36 kg; Main Material: 300D Oxford Fabric + Fiberglass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZPSLTZS125X1X8KS1V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 12.5*12.5 ft; Color: Brown; Style: Classic Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWind Cloths: 6; Windproof Rope Length: 3 m; Item Model Number: FY-005; Style: 6-Sided-Polygon; Support Pole Diameter: φ11 mm; Occupant Capacity: 8 People; Windows: 2; Product Dimensions: 12.5 x 12.5 x 7.5 ft\/3.81 x 3.81 x 2.28 m; Net Weight: 37.9 lbs \/ 17.2 kg; Main Material: 300D Oxford Fabric + Fiberglass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZPSLTJLS115X602MGV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 11.5*11.5 ft; Color: Brown; Style: Classic Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWind Cloths: 6; Windproof Rope Length: 3 m; Item Model Number: FY-003; Style: 6-Sided-Polygon; Support Pole Diameter: φ11 mm; Occupant Capacity: 7 People; Windows: 2; Product Dimensions: 11.5 x 11.5 x 7.5 ft\/3.51 x 3.51 x 2.28 m; Net Weight: 31.5 lbs \/ 14.27 kg; Main Material: 300D Oxford Fabric + Fiberglass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTMZPXKTMK6M1HBNAQ001V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 12*12ft; Color: Brown; Style: Star Sky Canopy Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide Panel Dimensions: 5.9 × 5.9 ft \/ 1.8 × 1.8 m; Waterproof Rating: 1500mm, UV50+, 4-Level Dry\/Wet Color Fastness; Center Height: 7.2 ft \/ 2.2 m; Material: 70G Mesh + Reinforced 300D Oxford Fabric with PU Coating + Silver Coated Canopy + Fiberglass Support Poles; Carrying Bag Dimensions: 4.3 × 0.7 × 0.7 ft \/ 1.32 × 0.22 × 0.22 m; Product Dimensions: 12 × 12 × 7.2 ft \/ 3.6 × 3.6 × 2.2 m; Side Height: 5.9 ft \/ 1.8 m; Diagonal Length (Longest): 12 ft \/ 3.6 m; Canopy Dimensions: 5.6 × 4.8 × 5.9 ft \/ 1.72 × 1.45 × 1.8 m; Item Model Number: FY12X12Brown-6; Product Weight: 36.81 lbs\/16.7 kg; Interior Space Area: 91 ft²; Adjacent Panel Length: 10.2 ft \/ 3.12 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTMZPXKTMK6M19E7LB001V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 12*12ft; Color: Gray; Style: Star Sky Canopy Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide Panel Dimensions: 5.9 × 5.9 ft \/ 1.8 × 1.8 m; Waterproof Rating: 1500mm, UV50+, 4-Level Dry\/Wet Color Fastness; Center Height: 7.2 ft \/ 2.2 m; Material: 70G Mesh + Reinforced 300D Oxford Fabric with PU Coating + Silver Coated Canopy + Fiberglass Support Poles; Carrying Bag Dimensions: 4.3 × 0.7 × 0.7 ft \/ 1.32 × 0.22 × 0.22 m; Product Dimensions: 12 × 12 × 7.2 ft \/ 3.6 × 3.6 × 2.2 m; Side Height: 5.9 ft \/ 1.8 m; Diagonal Length (Longest): 12 ft \/ 3.6 m; Canopy Dimensions: 5.6 × 4.8 × 5.9 ft \/ 1.72 × 1.45 × 1.8 m; Item Model Number: FY12X12Smoky Gray-6; Product Weight: 36.81 lbs\/16.7 kg; Interior Space Area: 91 ft²; Adjacent Panel Length: 10.2 ft \/ 3.12 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTMZPXKTMK6M1O0QZL001V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 12*12ft; Color: Army Green; Style: Star Sky Canopy Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide Panel Dimensions: 5.9 × 5.9 ft \/ 1.8 × 1.8 m; Waterproof Rating: 1500mm, UV50+, 4-Level Dry\/Wet Color Fastness; Center Height: 7.2 ft \/ 2.2 m; Material: 70G Mesh + Reinforced 300D Oxford Fabric with PU Coating + Silver Coated Canopy + Fiberglass Support Poles; Carrying Bag Dimensions: 4.3 × 0.7 × 0.7 ft \/ 1.32 × 0.22 × 0.22 m; Product Dimensions: 12 × 12 × 7.2 ft \/ 3.6 × 3.6 × 2.2 m; Side Height: 5.9 ft \/ 1.8 m; Diagonal Length (Longest): 12 ft \/ 3.6 m; Canopy Dimensions: 5.6 × 4.8 × 5.9 ft \/ 1.72 × 1.45 × 1.8 m; Item Model Number: FY12X12Military Green-6; Product Weight: 36.81 lbs\/16.7 kg; Interior Space Area: 91 ft²; Adjacent Panel Length: 10.2 ft \/ 3.12 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTMZPXKTMK8M1MXCBH001V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 15*15ft; Color: Brown; Style: Star Sky Canopy Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide Panel Dimensions: 5.9 × 6.2 ft \/ 1.8 × 1.9 m; Waterproof Rating: 1500mm, UV50+, 4-Level Dry\/Wet Color Fastness; Center Height: 7.2 ft \/ 2.2 m; Material: 70G Mesh + Reinforced 300D Oxford Fabric with PU Coating + Silver Coated Canopy + Fiberglass Support Poles; Carrying Bag Dimensions: 4.3 × 0.8 × 0.8 ft \/ 1.32 × 0.25 × 0.25 m; Product Dimensions: 15 × 15 × 7.2 ft \/ 4.57 × 4.57 × 2.2 m; Side Height: 5.9 ft \/ 1.8 m; Diagonal Length (Longest): 16.3 ft \/ 4.98 m; Canopy Dimensions: 5.5 × 4.8 × 5.9 ft \/ 1.67 × 1.45 × 1.8 m; Item Model Number: FY15X15Smoky Gray-6; Product Weight: 23.4 kg; Interior Space Area: 188 ft²; Adjacent Panel Length: 11.48 ft \/ 3.5 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTMZPXKTMK6M1M7EVT001V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 10*10ft; Color: Army Green; Style: Star Sky Canopy Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide Panel Dimensions: 5.9 × 4.9 ft \/ 1.8 × 1.5 m; Waterproof Rating: 1500mm, UV50+, 4-Level Dry\/Wet Color Fastness; Center Height: 7.2 ft \/ 2.2 m; Material: 70G Mesh + Reinforced 300D Oxford Fabric with PU Coating + Silver Coated Canopy + Fiberglass Support Poles; Carrying Bag Dimensions: 4.2 × 0.7 × 0.7 ft \/ 1.27 × 0.22 × 0.22 m; Product Dimensions: 10 × 10 × 7.2 ft \/ 3 × 3 × 2.2 m; Side Height: 5.9 ft \/ 1.8 m; Diagonal Length (Longest): 10 ft \/ 3 m; Canopy Dimensions: 4.7 × 4.8 × 5.9 ft \/ 1.43 × 1.45 × 1.8 m; Item Model Number: FY10X10Military Green-6; Product Weight: 32.2 lbs \/ 14.6 kg; Interior Space Area: 63 ft²; Adjacent Panel Length: 8.4 ft \/ 2.56 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTMZPQXK13M154R6JO001V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 15*15ft; Color: Beige; Style: Spherical Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShape: 13-Sided Sphere; Waterproof Rating: 1500mm, UV50+, 4-Level Dry\/Wet Color Fastness; Center Height: 7.4 ft \/ 2.26 m; Dimensions: 15 × 15 × 7.4 ft \/ 4.57 × 4.57 × 2.26 m; Top Triangle Face Dimensions: 5.74 ft \/ 1.75 m; Material: 70G Mesh + Reinforced 300D Oxford Fabric with PU Coating + Silver Coated Canopy + Fiberglass Support Poles; Carrying Bag Dimensions: 4.3 × 1.1 × 1.1 ft \/ 1.3 × 0.33 × 0.33 m; Side Height: 5.2 ft \/ 1.6 m; Product Size: 15 × 15 ft; Diagonal Length: 15 ft \/ 4.57 m; Top Edge and Canopy Color: Beige; Rain Cover Color: Beige (slightly darker),⑴: 5.74 ft \/ 1.75 m; Canopy Dimensions: 5.3 × 5.7 × 6.6 ft \/ 1.61 × 1.75 × 2 m,⑵: 13.85 ft \/ 4.22 m,⑶: 10.6 ft \/ 3.23 m; Doors: 2,⑷: 15 ft \/ 4.57 m; Item Model Number: YR15x15Beige-13; Product Weight: 49.8 lbs \/ 22.58 kg; Interior Space Area: 160 ft²,⑸: 13.85 ft \/ 4.22 m; Style: Sphere Style; One-Piece Pop-Up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTMZPQXK13M1254U9V001V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 12*12ft; Color: Beige; Style: Spherical Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShape: 13-Sided Sphere; Waterproof Rating: 1500mm, UV50+, 4-Level Dry\/Wet Color Fastness; Center Height: 7.4 ft \/ 2.26 m; Color: Beige; Dimensions: 12 × 12 × 7.4 ft \/ 3.6 × 3.6 × 2.26 m; Top Triangle Face Dimensions: 4.59 ft \/ 1.4 m; Material: 70G Mesh + Reinforced 300D Oxford Fabric with PU Coating + Silver Coated Canopy + Fiberglass Support Poles; Carrying Bag Dimensions: 3.9 × 1 × 1 ft \/ 1.18 × 0.32 × 0.32 m; Side Height: 5.2 ft \/ 1.6 m; Product Size: 12 × 12 ft; Diagonal Length: 11.98 ft \/ 3.65 m,⑴: 4.59 ft \/ 1.4 m; Canopy Dimensions: 5.2 × 4.6 × 6.6 ft \/ 1.6 × 1.4 × 2 m,⑵: 11.06 ft \/ 3.37 m,⑶: 8.46 ft \/ 2.58 m; Doors: 2,⑷: 11.98 ft \/ 3.65 m; Item Model Number: YR12x12Beige-13; Product Weight: 43.3 lbs \/ 19.65 kg; Interior Space Area: 102 ft²,⑸: 11.06 ft \/ 3.37 m; Style: Sphere Style; One-Piece Pop-Up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTMZPQXK13M13G8V48001V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 13*13ft; Color: Army Green; Style: Spherical Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShape: 13-Sided Sphere; Waterproof Rating: 1500mm, UV50+, 4-Level Dry\/Wet Color Fastness; Center Height: 7.4 ft \/ 2.26 m; Dimensions: 13 × 13 × 7.4 ft \/ 3.96 × 3.96 × 2.26 m; Top Triangle Face Dimensions: 4.95 ft \/ 1.51 m; Material: 70G Mesh + Reinforced 300D Oxford Fabric with PU Coating + Silver Coated Canopy + Fiberglass Support Poles; Carrying Bag Dimensions: 3.9 × 1 × 1 ft \/ 1.18 × 0.32 × 0.32 m; Side Height: 5.2 ft \/ 1.6 m; Product Size: 13 × 13 ft; Diagonal Length: 12.96 ft \/ 3.95 m; Top Edge and Canopy Color: Green; Rain Cover Color: Beige (slightly darker),⑴: 4.95 ft \/ 1.51 m; Canopy Dimensions: 5.2 × 5 × 6.6 ft \/ 1.6 × 1.51 × 2 m,⑵: 11.98 ft \/ 3.65 m,⑶: 9.15 ft \/ 2.79 m; Doors: 2,⑷: 12.96 ft \/ 3.95 m; Item Model Number: YR13X13Military Green-13; Product Weight: 45.5 lbs \/ 20.65 kg; Interior Space Area: 119 ft²,⑸: 11.98 ft \/ 3.65 m; Style: Sphere Style; One-Piece Pop-Up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eMZY612FT12FT604DRV0 - 12*12 ft; Brown; Classic Style\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacious Tent Coverage: The camping gazebo tent is made of IPX3 water-resistant 300D oxford fabric and B3 gauze netting. It is bite-proof, and UV-proof. The 12' x 12' tent provides ample space for you to meet and gather in the wild.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsiderate Clothes \u0026amp; Windows: Different from other tents, our canopy screen tent comes with 6 wind clothes, providing a relaxed private space no matter how the weather is. Also, two of these clothes have a window to keep the air flowing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortable \u0026amp; Pop-up Assembly: The highlight of the camping gazebo is the pop-up design, which shortens the installation time effectively. No complex tools are required; An additional carry bag makes transportation easy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete Accessories: The inner steel structure ensures stability in windy conditions with ground stakes and guy ropes. Also, this pop-up screen tent includes a two-sided zipper design for smooth on-off and reinforced corners for dry inner space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMulti-use Camping Tent: The screen tent and gazebo are ideal companions for outdoor activities, such as camping, backyard party, picnics, and outdoor markets. Enjoy your leisure time with your friends or family.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eMZY610FT10FT67P5KV0 - 10*10 ft; Brown; Classic Style\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacious Tent Coverage: The camping gazebo tent is made of 300D oxford fabric and B3 gauze netting. It is bite-proof, and UV-proof. The 10' x 10' tent provides ample space for you to meet and gather in the wild.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsiderate Clothes \u0026amp; Windows: Different from other tents, our canopy screen tent comes with 6 wind clothes, providing a relaxed private space no matter how the weather is. Also, two of these clothes have a window to keep the air flowing. Note: This tent is IPX3 water-resistant. It is recommended to not stay in tent during heavy rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortable \u0026amp; Pop-up Assembly: The highlight of the camping gazebo is the pop-up design, which shortens the installation time effectively. No complex tools are required; An additional carry bag makes transportation easy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete Accessories: The inner steel structure ensures stability in windy conditions with ground stakes and guy ropes. Also, this pop-up screen tent includes a two-sided zipper design for smooth on-off and rainproof reinforced corners for dry inner space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMulti-use Camping Tent: The screen tent and gazebo are ideal companions for outdoor activities, such as camping, backyard party, picnics, and outdoor markets. Enjoy your leisure time with your friends or family.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eZPSLTJLS10X1F6ZWMV0 - 10*10 ft; Army Green; Classic Style\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10x10FT Camping Gazebo Screen Tent: Our camping gazebo tent features thickened 300D Oxford fabric and polyester yarn mesh with UPF50+, effectively blocking 99% of UV rays and insect intrusion. With its superior sunshade and waterproof capabilities, it offers a comfortable resting space for outdoor gatherings and camping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy Windproof \u0026amp; Durable: The pop-up screen tent is supported by sturdy fiberglass poles, with windproof ropes fixed on both sides and professional luminous ground nails to ensure stability in windy conditions. It also features a double-sided zipper design for smooth opening and closing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to Assemble: Our pop up camping gazebo adopts a pop-up design, requiring no complex tools, it can be stretched and opened within minutes, easy and effortless to assemble. It comes with an additional carrying bag for foldable storage, convenient for outdoor transportation and carrying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 Windproof Cloths: The camping gazebo comes with 6 detachable and installable windproof cloths, providing you with a secluded private space outdoors. Two of the windproof cloths have windows to ensure air circulation and provide a comfortable user experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile Use: Our pop-up canopy shelter tent is the ideal companion for your outdoor activities. You can enjoy leisure time with friends and family in the yard, outdoor lawns, riversides, camping in the woods, picnics, and parties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eZPSLTZS6X6FTW9616V0 - 6*6 ft; Brown; Classic Style\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6x6FT Camping Gazebo Screen Tent: Our camping gazebo tent features thickened 300D Oxford fabric and polyester yarn mesh with UPF50+, effectively blocking 99% of UV rays and insect intrusion. With its superior sunshade and waterproof capabilities, it offers a comfortable resting space for outdoor gatherings and camping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy Windproof \u0026amp; Durable: The pop-up screen tent is supported by sturdy fiberglass poles, with windproof ropes fixed on both sides and professional luminous ground nails to ensure stability in windy conditions. It also features a double-sided zipper design for smooth opening and closing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to Assemble: Our pop up camping gazebo adopts a pop-up design, requiring no complex tools, it can be stretched and opened within minutes, easy and effortless to assemble. It comes with an additional carrying bag for foldable storage, convenient for outdoor transportation and carrying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 Windproof Cloths: The camping gazebo comes with 4 detachable and installable windproof cloths, providing you with a secluded private space outdoors. One of the windproof cloths have a window to ensure air circulation and provide a comfortable user experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile Use: Our pop-up canopy shelter tent is the ideal companion for your outdoor activities. You can enjoy leisure time with friends and family in the yard, outdoor lawns, riversides, camping in the woods, picnics, and parties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eZPSLTJLS12X1117M6V0 - 12*12 ft; Army Green; Classic Style\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12x12FT Camping Gazebo Screen Tent: Our camping gazebo tent features thickened 300D Oxford fabric and polyester yarn mesh with UPF50+, effectively blocking 99% of UV rays and insect intrusion. With its superior sunshade and waterproof capabilities, it offers a comfortable resting space for outdoor gatherings and camping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy Windproof \u0026amp; Durable: The pop-up screen tent is supported by sturdy fiberglass poles, with windproof ropes fixed on both sides and professional luminous ground nails to ensure stability in windy conditions. It also features a double-sided zipper design for smooth opening and closing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to Assemble: Our pop up camping gazebo adopts a pop-up design, requiring no complex tools, it can be stretched and opened within minutes, easy and effortless to assemble. It comes with an additional carrying bag for foldable storage, convenient for outdoor transportation and carrying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 Windproof Cloths: The camping gazebo comes with 6 detachable and installable windproof cloths, providing you with a secluded private space outdoors. Two of the windproof cloths have windows to ensure air circulation and provide a comfortable user experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile Use: Our pop-up canopy shelter tent is the ideal companion for your outdoor activities. You can enjoy leisure time with friends and family in the yard, outdoor lawns, riversides, camping in the woods, picnics, and parties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eZPSLTZS125X1X8KS1V0 - 12.5*12.5 ft; Brown; Classic Style\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12.5x12.5FT Camping Gazebo Screen Tent: Our camping gazebo tent features thickened 300D Oxford fabric and polyester yarn mesh with UPF50+, effectively blocking 99% of UV rays and insect intrusion. With its superior sunshade and waterproof capabilities, it offers a comfortable resting space for outdoor gatherings and camping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy Windproof \u0026amp; Durable: The pop-up screen tent is supported by sturdy fiberglass poles, with windproof ropes fixed on both sides and professional luminous ground nails to ensure stability in windy conditions. It also features a double-sided zipper design for smooth opening and closing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to Assemble: Our pop up camping gazebo adopts a pop-up design, requiring no complex tools, it can be stretched and opened within minutes, easy and effortless to assemble. It comes with an additional carrying bag for foldable storage, convenient for outdoor transportation and carrying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 Windproof Cloths: The camping gazebo comes with 6 detachable and installable windproof cloths, providing you with a secluded private space outdoors. Two of the windproof cloths have windows to ensure air circulation and provide a comfortable user experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile Use: Our pop-up canopy shelter tent is the ideal companion for your outdoor activities. You can enjoy leisure time with friends and family in the yard, outdoor lawns, riversides, camping in the woods, picnics, and parties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eZPSLTJLS115X602MGV0 - 11.5*11.5 ft; Brown; Classic Style\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e11.5x11.5FT Camping Gazebo Screen Tent: Our camping gazebo tent features thickened 300D Oxford fabric and polyester yarn mesh with UPF50+, effectively blocking 99% of UV rays and insect intrusion. With its superior sunshade and waterproof capabilities, it offers a comfortable resting space for outdoor gatherings and camping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy Windproof \u0026amp; Durable: The pop-up screen tent is supported by sturdy fiberglass poles, with windproof ropes fixed on both sides and professional luminous ground nails to ensure stability in windy conditions. It also features a double-sided zipper design for smooth opening and closing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to Assemble: Our pop up camping gazebo adopts a pop-up design, requiring no complex tools, it can be stretched and opened within minutes, easy and effortless to assemble. It comes with an additional carrying bag for foldable storage, convenient for outdoor transportation and carrying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 Windproof Cloths: The camping gazebo comes with 6 detachable and installable windproof cloths, providing you with a secluded private space outdoors. Two of the windproof cloths have windows to ensure air circulation and provide a comfortable user experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile Use: Our pop-up canopy shelter tent is the ideal companion for your outdoor activities. You can enjoy leisure time with friends and family in the yard, outdoor lawns, riversides, camping in the woods, picnics, and parties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eTMZPXKTMK6M1HBNAQ001V0 - 12*12ft; Brown; Star Sky Canopy Style\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacious Room for 10 People: This 12x12 ft pop-up gazebo screen tent comfortably fits 6 seated with furniture, accommodates up to 8–10 people for activities. 7.2 ft high canopy allows easy movement inside. Zippered and tie-back door panels ensure easy entry and exit. Ideal for family gatherings, parties, and camping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-in-1 Outdoor Living Space: This camping gazebo tent features convertible door panels double as upgraded sunshade canopies. Durable 300D Oxford canopy with UV50+ protection shields from sunlight, while PU coating keeps rain out. Mesh \"starry sky\" roof offers an open view for stargazing fun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWind-Resistant Structure: High-strength fiberglass poles and six reinforced roll-up wind panels enhance stability and privacy. Side loop-and-loop closures prevent panels from flapping in the wind. The pop up canopy includes multiple ground stakes and guy ropes for secure outdoor setup. (Tip: Disassemble during heavy rain or storms for security.)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick Setup \u0026amp; Easy Storage: The canopy screen tent comes with pop-up hub design that requires no tools for fast assembly. Folds compactly into a 4.4 ft \/ 1.34 m carry bag, easy to store in SUV or RV trunks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e360° Ventilation \u0026amp; Fly Protection: Mesh sidewalls and roof allow airflow while keeping critters out. Two roll-up wind panels with ventilation windows maintain air circulation even when fully closed. The canopy shelter tent provides a comfortable, fly-free space for kids and adults\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eTMZPXKTMK6M19E7LB001V0 - 12*12ft; Gray; Star Sky Canopy Style\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacious Room for 10 People: This 12x12 ft pop-up gazebo screen tent comfortably fits 6 seated with furniture, accommodates up to 8–10 people for activities. 7.2 ft high canopy allows easy movement inside. Zippered and tie-back door panels ensure easy entry and exit. Ideal for family gatherings, parties, and camping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-in-1 Outdoor Living Space: This camping gazebo tent features convertible door panels double as upgraded sunshade canopies. Durable 300D Oxford canopy with UV50+ protection shields from sunlight, while PU coating keeps rain out. Mesh \"starry sky\" roof offers an open view for stargazing fun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWind-Resistant Structure: High-strength fiberglass poles and six reinforced roll-up wind panels enhance stability and privacy. Side loop-and-loop closures prevent panels from flapping in the wind. The pop up canopy includes multiple ground stakes and guy ropes for secure outdoor setup. (Tip: Disassemble during heavy rain or storms for security.)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick Setup \u0026amp; Easy Storage: The canopy screen tent comes with pop-up hub design that requires no tools for fast assembly. Folds compactly into a 4.4 ft \/ 1.34 m carry bag, easy to store in SUV or RV trunks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e360° Ventilation \u0026amp; Fly Protection: Mesh sidewalls and roof allow airflow while keeping critters out. Two roll-up wind panels with ventilation windows maintain air circulation even when fully closed. The canopy shelter tent provides a comfortable, fly-free space for kids and adults\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eTMZPXKTMK6M1O0QZL001V0 - 12*12ft; Army Green; Star Sky Canopy Style\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacious Room for 10 People: This 12x12 ft pop-up gazebo screen tent comfortably fits 6 seated with furniture, accommodates up to 8–10 people for activities. 7.2 ft high canopy allows easy movement inside. Zippered and tie-back door panels ensure easy entry and exit. Ideal for family gatherings, parties, and camping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-in-1 Outdoor Living Space: This camping gazebo tent features convertible door panels double as upgraded sunshade canopies. Durable 300D Oxford canopy with UV50+ protection shields from sunlight, while PU coating keeps rain out. Mesh \"starry sky\" roof offers an open view for stargazing fun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWind-Resistant Structure: High-strength fiberglass poles and six reinforced roll-up wind panels enhance stability and privacy. Side loop-and-loop closures prevent panels from flapping in the wind. The pop up canopy includes multiple ground stakes and guy ropes for secure outdoor setup. (Tip: Disassemble during heavy rain or storms for security.)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick Setup \u0026amp; Easy Storage: The canopy screen tent comes with pop-up hub design that requires no tools for fast assembly. Folds compactly into a 4.4 ft \/ 1.34 m carry bag, easy to store in SUV or RV trunks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e360° Ventilation \u0026amp; Fly Protection: Mesh sidewalls and roof allow airflow while keeping critters out. Two roll-up wind panels with ventilation windows maintain air circulation even when fully closed. The canopy shelter tent provides a comfortable, fly-free space for kids and adults\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eTMZPXKTMK8M1MXCBH001V0 - 15*15ft; Brown; Star Sky Canopy Style\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacious Room for 15 People: This 15x15 ft pop-up gazebo screen tent comfortably fits 10 seated with furniture, accommodates up to 12-15 people for activities. 7.2 ft high canopy allows easy movement inside. Zippered and tie-back door panels ensure easy entry and exit. Ideal for family gatherings, parties, and camping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-in-1 Outdoor Living Space: This camping gazebo tent features convertible door panels double as upgraded sunshade canopies. Durable 300D Oxford canopy with UV50+ protection shields from sunlight, while PU coating keeps rain out. Mesh \"starry sky\" roof offers an open view for stargazing fun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWind-Resistant Structure: High-strength fiberglass poles and eight reinforced roll-up wind panels enhance stability and privacy. Side loop-and-loop closures prevent panels from flapping in the wind. The pop up canopy includes multiple ground stakes and guy ropes for secure outdoor setup. (Tip: Disassemble during heavy rain or storms for security.)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick Setup \u0026amp; Easy Storage: The canopy screen tent comes with pop-up hub design that requires no tools for fast assembly. Folds compactly into a 4.3 ft \/ 1.32 m carry bag, easy to store in SUV or RV trunks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e360° Ventilation \u0026amp; Fly Protection: Mesh sidewalls and roof allow airflow while keeping critters out. Two roll-up wind panels with ventilation windows maintain air circulation even when fully closed. The canopy shelter tent provides a comfortable, fly-free space for kids and adults\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eTMZPXKTMK6M1M7EVT001V0 - 10*10ft; Army Green; Star Sky Canopy Style\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacious Room for 8 People: This 10 x 10 ft pop-up gazebo screen tent comfortably fits 4 seated with furniture, accommodates up to 6-8 people for activities. 7.2 ft high canopy allows easy movement inside. Zippered and tie-back door panels ensure easy entry and exit. Ideal for family gatherings, parties, and camping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-in-1 Outdoor Living Space: This camping gazebo tent features convertible door panels double as upgraded sunshade canopies. Durable 300D Oxford canopy with UV50+ protection shields from sunlight, while PU coating keeps rain out. Mesh \"starry sky\" roof offers an open view for stargazing fun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWind-Resistant Structure: High-strength fiberglass poles and six reinforced roll-up wind panels enhance stability and privacy. Side loop-and-loop closures prevent panels from flapping in the wind. The pop up canopy includes multiple ground stakes and guy ropes for secure outdoor setup. (Tip: Disassemble during heavy rain or storms for security.)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick Setup \u0026amp; Easy Storage: The canopy screen tent comes with pop-up hub design that requires no tools for fast assembly. Folds compactly into a 4.2 ft \/ 1.27 m carry bag, easy to store in SUV or RV trunks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e360° Ventilation \u0026amp; Fly Protection: Mesh sidewalls and roof allow airflow while keeping critters out. Two roll-up wind panels with ventilation windows maintain air circulation even when fully closed. The canopy shelter tent provides a comfortable, fly-free space for kids and adults\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eTMZPQXK13M154R6JO001V0 - 15*15ft; Beige; Spherical Style\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacious Room for 15 People: The 15x15ft camping tent with innovative geodesic design comfortably seats 8 with furniture, accommodates up to 12-15 people. Center height 7.4 ft and side height 5.2 ft allow easy movement inside. Zippered, tie-back doors ensure convenient entry and exit for family gatherings, parties, or camping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-in-1 Outdoor Living Space: The pop up gazebo mesh tent features convertible door panels double as upgraded sunshade with included poles. The removable 300D Oxford canopy offers UV50+ protection from harsh sunlight. PU-coated fabric keeps you dry during rain. Mesh \"starry sky\" roof offers open views for stargazing fun.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e13-Sided Wind-Resistant Structure: Our canopy screen tent with reinforced geodesic design resists collapse in wind. Thickened 300D roll-up panels provide wind protection and privacy. Includes multiple stakes and guy ropes for secure ground anchoring. (Tip: For your safety, please disassemble and store it during storms or heavy rain.)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick Setup \u0026amp; Compact Storage: The canopy shelter tent with pop-up hub system allows one-person assembly in seconds without tools. Folds into a 4.3 ft \/ 1.3 m carry bag for easy transport and storage in SUVs or RVs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e360° Ventilation: The screen houses and gazebos come with mesh walls and roof that allow airflow. Two roll-up wind panels with vents maintain circulation even when closed, providing a cool environment for kids and adults\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eTMZPQXK13M1254U9V001V0 - 12*12ft; Beige; Spherical Style\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacious Room for 10 People: The 12x12ft camping tent with innovative geodesic design comfortably seats 6 with furniture, accommodates up to 8–10 people. Center height 7.4 ft and side height 5.2 ft allow easy movement inside. Zippered, tie-back doors ensure convenient entry and exit for family gatherings, parties, or camping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-in-1 Outdoor Living Space: The pop up gazebo mesh tent features convertible door panels double as upgraded sunshade with included poles. The removable 300D Oxford canopy offers UV50+ protection from harsh sunlight. PU-coated fabric keeps you dry during rain. Mesh \"starry sky\" roof offers open views for stargazing fun.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e13-Sided Wind-Resistant Structure: Our canopy screen tent with reinforced geodesic design resists collapse in wind. Thickened 300D roll-up panels provide wind protection and privacy. Includes multiple stakes and guy ropes for secure ground anchoring. (Tip: For your safety, please disassemble and store it during storms or heavy rain.)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick Setup \u0026amp; Compact Storage: The canopy shelter tent with pop-up hub system allows one-person assembly in seconds without tools. Folds into a 3.9 ft \/ 1.18 m carry bag for easy transport and storage in SUVs or RVs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e360° Ventilation: The screen houses and gazebos come with mesh walls and roof that allow airflow. Two roll-up wind panels with vents maintain circulation even when closed, providing a cool environment for kids and adults\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eTMZPQXK13M13G8V48001V0 - 13*13ft; Army Green; Spherical Style\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacious Room for 12 People: The 13x13ft camping tent with innovative geodesic design comfortably seats 6 with furniture, accommodates up to 10-12 people. Center height 7.4 ft and side height 5.2 ft allow easy movement inside. Zippered, tie-back doors ensure convenient entry and exit for family gatherings, parties, or camping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-in-1 Outdoor Living Space: The pop up gazebo mesh tent features convertible door panels double as upgraded sunshade with included poles. The removable 300D Oxford canopy offers UV50+ protection from harsh sunlight. PU-coated fabric keeps you dry during rain. Mesh \"starry sky\" roof offers open views for stargazing fun.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e13-Sided Wind-Resistant Structure: Our canopy screen tent with reinforced geodesic design resists collapse in wind. Thickened 300D roll-up panels provide wind protection and privacy. Includes multiple stakes and guy ropes for secure ground anchoring. (Tip: For your safety, please disassemble and store it during storms or heavy rain.)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick Setup \u0026amp; Compact Storage: The canopy shelter tent with pop-up hub system allows one-person assembly in seconds without tools. Folds into a 3.9 ft \/ 1.18 m carry bag for easy transport and storage in SUVs or RVs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e360° Ventilation: The screen houses and gazebos come with mesh walls and roof that allow airflow. Two roll-up wind panels with vents maintain circulation even when closed, providing a cool environment for kids and adults\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"12*12 ft \/ Brown \/ Classic Style","offer_id":51802349535538,"sku":"MZY612FT12FT604DRV0","price":184.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10*10 ft \/ Brown \/ Classic Style","offer_id":51802349568306,"sku":"MZY610FT10FT67P5KV0","price":167.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10*10 ft \/ Army Green \/ Classic Style","offer_id":51802349601074,"sku":"ZPSLTJLS10X1F6ZWMV0","price":174.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6*6 ft \/ Brown \/ Classic Style","offer_id":51802349633842,"sku":"ZPSLTZS6X6FTW9616V0","price":126.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12*12 ft \/ Army Green \/ Classic Style","offer_id":51802349666610,"sku":"ZPSLTJLS12X1117M6V0","price":189.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12.5*12.5 ft \/ Brown \/ Classic Style","offer_id":51802349699378,"sku":"ZPSLTZS125X1X8KS1V0","price":193.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"11.5*11.5 ft \/ Brown \/ Classic Style","offer_id":51802349732146,"sku":"ZPSLTJLS115X602MGV0","price":174.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12*12ft \/ Brown \/ Star Sky Canopy Style","offer_id":51802349764914,"sku":"TMZPXKTMK6M1HBNAQ001V0","price":174.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12*12ft \/ Gray \/ Star Sky Canopy Style","offer_id":51802349797682,"sku":"TMZPXKTMK6M19E7LB001V0","price":183.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12*12ft \/ Army Green \/ Star Sky Canopy Style","offer_id":51802349830450,"sku":"TMZPXKTMK6M1O0QZL001V0","price":184.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15*15ft \/ Brown \/ Star Sky Canopy Style","offer_id":51802349863218,"sku":"TMZPXKTMK8M1MXCBH001V0","price":213.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10*10ft \/ Army Green \/ Star Sky Canopy Style","offer_id":51802349895986,"sku":"TMZPXKTMK6M1M7EVT001V0","price":164.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15*15ft \/ Beige \/ Spherical Style","offer_id":51802349928754,"sku":"TMZPQXK13M154R6JO001V0","price":300.6,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12*12ft \/ Beige \/ Spherical Style","offer_id":51802349961522,"sku":"TMZPQXK13M1254U9V001V0","price":237.55,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"13*13ft \/ Army Green \/ Spherical Style","offer_id":51802349994290,"sku":"TMZPQXK13M13G8V48001V0","price":271.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-mzy612ft12ft604drv0-0.jpg?v=1789392283"},{"product_id":"vevor-mjjbstxgbddw50v7jv0","title":"VEVOR Towel Rack, 5 Bars Outdoor PVC Towel Holder, Freestanding Pool Towel Hanger Stand with Clips, Bag \u0026 Hook, Outdoor Indoor Quilt Drying Rack Organizer, Ideal for Poolside,","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVEVOR Towel Rack, 5 Bars Outdoor PVC Towel Holder, Freestanding Pool Towel Hanger Stand with Clips, Bag \u0026amp; Hook, Outdoor Indoor Quilt Drying Rack Organizer, Ideal for Poolside,\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMJJBSTXGBDDW50V7JV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePipe Shape: Trapezoidal; Number of Bars: 5 Bars; Color: White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eItem Model Number: JQ-BSTX5; Weight Capacity: 55 lbs \/ 25 kg; Main Material: PVC; Product Weight: 16.67 lbs \/ 7.56 kg; Product Dimensions: 38.19 x 25.20 x 51.38 inches \/ 970 x 640 x 1305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 x Towel Clips; 1 x Mesh Bag; 1 x Hook; 1 x Instruction Manual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eMJJBSTXGBDDW50V7JV0 - Trapezoidal; 5 Bars; White\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpace Optimization: With a well-designed, sturdy structure, this towel rack maximizes space usage, providing you with an optimal storage solution whether placed outdoors or in the bathroom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVentilation \u0026amp; Quick Drying: Scientifically designed ventilation gaps ensure towels dry quickly, reducing moisture buildup and keeping your bathroom fresh and dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial Advantage: Our pool towel rack is crafted from heavy-duty PVC material that effectively resists rust and corrosion for years. The sleek, white PVC structure also blocks UV rays, preventing fading and making it easy to clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy and Durable: With a solid base, this outdoor pool rack stands firm under all weather conditions. Additionally, we include 8 small towel clips, a stainless steel hook, and a large mesh bag to organize your swimming essentials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy Installation: Featuring a modular assembly design, no tools or screws are needed. With a detailed installation manual, setup is quick and can be completed in just a few minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"Trapezoidal \/ 5 Bars \/ White","offer_id":51802425753906,"sku":"MJJBSTXGBDDW50V7JV0","price":58.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-mjjbstxgbddw50v7jv0-0.jpg?v=1789392474"},{"product_id":"vevor-hwy45x47x53cmv3fsv0","title":"VEVOR Outdoor Camping Kitchen - Select Your Configuration","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVEVOR Outdoor Camping Kitchen - Select Your Configuration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHWY45X47X53CMV3FSV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor: Black; Size: 71.6 x 17.7 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel: EC-2.0; Material of Box: Steel; Material of Table: SMC; Material of Sink: Silica Gel; Capacity: 65L \/ 2.3 Cu.ft.; Extension Hose: 20 cm; Item Weight: 40.8 lbs \/ 18.5 kg; Item Dimension: 18.5 x 17.7 x 20 in \/ 47 x 45 x 53 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Outdoor Mobile Kitchen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCWJKYDCFHSHSB10K7V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor: Grey; Size: 47.2 x 18.5 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen Size: 47.2x18.5x27.6 in\/120x47x70 cm; Adjustable Height: 21.45\"- 27.56\"; Product Weight: 12.1 lbs\/5.5 kg; Folding Size: 23.6x18.5x2.8 in\/60x47x7 cm; Material: Aluminum+ MDF; Table Thickness: 0.2\"\/0.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDCCWJKHSTWLSPDQC4V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor: Black; Size: 47 x 19.3 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCounter Top Material: Aluminum-Plastic \u0026amp; Steel; Color: Black; Item Model Number: SKU10; Product Weight: 14.5 lbs \/ 6.6 kg ±3%; Frame Material: Aluminum-Alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDCCWJKLSLSBY357B3V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor: Blue; Size: 47 x 19.3 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCounter Top Material: Aluminum-Plastic; Color: Black\u0026amp;Blue; Item Model Number: SKU5; Product Weight: 16 lbs \/ 7.3 kg ±3%; Frame Material: Aluminum-Alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCWJKYDCFCZSL247AM001V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor: Light Gray; Size: 39.4 × 19.7 × 31.5 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eItem Model Number: 9648; Folded Dimensions: 37.8 x 18.9 x 3.5  inch \/ 96 x 48 x 9 cm; Product Dimensions: 37.8 x 18.9 x 31.1  inch \/96 x 48 x 79 cm; Net Weight: 18.5 lbs \/ 8.4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCWJKYDCFYTZD9T65R001V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor: Dark Gray; Size: 33.1 × 19.7 × 31.5 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eItem Model Number: 8450; Product Dimensions: 33.1 x 20.1 x 31.5  inch \/ 84 x 51 x 80 cm; Net Weight: 21.8 lbs \/ 9.9 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCWJKYDCFYTZDJKTEY001V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor: Dark Gray; Size: 23.6 × 19.7 × 31.5 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eItem Model Number: 6050; Folded Dimensions: 24.0 x 20.1 x 3.1 inch \/ 61 x 51 x 8 cm; Product Dimensions: 24.0 x 20.1 x 31.5 inch \/ 61 x 51 x 80 cm; Net Weight: 15.4 lbs \/ 7.0 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHWY45X47X53CMV3FSV0 - Black; 71.6 x 17.7 inch\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll in One Box: Inside this tiny box is everything you will need to cook dinner for you and your friends: a storage compartment for your food, a powerful infrared gas burner, and 2 tables big enough for you and three of your partners. Besides, a lantern bracket allows you to cook at night. Relax at night after a long day of work, or plan the perfect weekend gathering, all within the comfort of your own home.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStable Structure: Our products are made of high-quality materials, which can ensure long-term use. The SMC table is stronger than it looks. It features an outstanding 80 lbs maximum bearable weight, can endure high temperatures, and will not break and deform over time. The box is made of high-strength steel to make it more wear-resistant, and the sink made of silica gel is safer and more practical.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHassle-free Assembly: Installation only requires the following steps. 1: Loosen the elastic rope. 2: Open the stove table. 3: Connect the 2 tables. 4: Unfold the side table and sink. 5: Insert the leg. 6: Add cover \u0026amp; lantern at night. Then, a firm and practical outdoor kitchen is ready for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBring the Party Anywhere: This outdoor mobile kitchen is easy to fold, so you can carry it in the trunk. Best of all, you can carry it outdoors effortlessly; it comes with rubber wheels and a telescopic handle, making it easy to roll along like a suitcase, and weighs only 40.8 lbs. Create fun times everywhere you go; you don't need to throw your back out to do it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtensive Application: You can bring this product to any of your outdoor parties, whether in the backyard, park, or campsite. It is specially designed to provide the most practical experience for enthusiasts keen on camping, travel, and outdoor activities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCWJKYDCFHSHSB10K7V0 - Grey; 47.2 x 18.5 inch\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetup in Seconds: You can easily unfold and pack the portable cook station up, and it can be taken apart in less than several minutes without any tools. The slim-fold table is only 2.8 inches (7 cm) thick, so it won't take up too much space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat Space Management: Our camping kitchen table is designed to take your kitchen outside! You can organize your food, stoves, grills, and cookware in an orderly manner on the tabletop, and zippered storage compartments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarvel at its Quality: Our camping cooking table is built to last thanks to its powder-coated aluminum tubes and a high-quality MDF countertop. Its durability is further enhanced by the four iron side tables that can withstand prolonged use. And cleaning up is a breeze.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Levels Adjustable Heights: The camp kitchen features an adjustable height of 21.45\", 24.4\", and 27.56\". Three-height settings suit no matter for adults or children. It is designed with a reinforced X-shaped structure, which provides better stability and security during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady for Any Adventure: Whether you're RV traveling, camping, picnicking, hosting a backyard BBQ, or just enjoying a night under the stars, our camping table is the ideal solution for all your outdoor needs. It provides a sturdy surface for placing and storing items while enhancing your overall outdoor experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDCCWJKHSTWLSPDQC4V0 - Black; 47 x 19.3 inch\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEfficient Space Organization: Designed for outdoor cooking, our camping kitchen table lets you neatly arrange food, stoves, grills, and cookware on its tabletop and in zippered storage compartments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt for Outdoor Use: Made with aluminum-alloy tubes, sturdy aluminum-plastic and steel mesh countertop, this camping kitchen station is built for long-lasting durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick and Tool-Free Setup: This portable cook station unfolds and packs up in seconds without any tools. When folded, it's ultra-slim and won't crowd your storage space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Adjustable Height Options: Choose from three height levels—22 in, 25 in, or 28 in—to accommodate both adults and children. The X-shaped reinforced structure adds exceptional stability and security\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdventure-Ready: Ideal for camping, RV trips, picnics, backyard BBQs, and stargazing nights, this camp kitchen table provides a reliable surface for your essentials, elevating any outdoor experience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDCCWJKLSLSBY357B3V0 - Blue; 47 x 19.3 inch\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEfficient Space Organization: Designed for outdoor cooking, our camping kitchen table lets you neatly arrange food, stoves, grills, and cookware on its tabletop and in zippered storage compartments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt for Outdoor Use: Made with aluminum-alloy tubes and a sturdy aluminum-plastic countertop, this camping kitchen station is built for long-lasting durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick and Tool-Free Setup: This portable cook station unfolds and packs up in seconds without any tools. When folded, it's ultra-slim and won't crowd your storage space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Adjustable Height Options: Choose from three height levels—22 in, 25 in, or 28 in—to accommodate both adults and children. The X-shaped reinforced structure adds exceptional stability and security\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdventure-Ready: Ideal for camping, RV trips, picnics, backyard BBQs, and stargazing nights, this camp kitchen table provides a reliable surface for your essentials, elevating any outdoor experience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCWJKYDCFCZSL247AM001V0 - Light Gray; 39.4 × 19.7 × 31.5 inch\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtra-large Capacity: The camping kitchen table can be used as a desk or a cabinet. It features a spacious tabletop, multiple tiers of extra-large storage space, and a zippered door to help keep items clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy Setup, Compact \u0026amp; Portable: The portable cook station can be set up or folded down in just a few simple steps. It is beginner-friendly and tool-free, and it folds flat for easy storage and transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy Load Capacity: The camping cooking table is built with an aluminum alloy frame and PVC shelves. It supports up to 110 lbs on the tabletop, while the triangular cross-brace structure enhances stability and helps reduce wobbling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBreathable \u0026amp; Easy to Clean: The spill-resistant tabletop and removable shelves make the kitchen table easy to clean when dirty. The mesh rear window promotes breathable airflow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile Use: The outdoor cooking station is ideal for camping, picnics, BBQs, parties, and home storage. It includes 1 carrying bagVersatile Use: The outdoor cooking station is ideal for camping, picnics, BBQs, parties, and home storage. It includes 1 carrying bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCWJKYDCFYTZD9T65R001V0 - Dark Gray; 33.1 × 19.7 × 31.5 inch\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtra-large Capacity: The camping kitchen table can be used as a desk or a cabinet. It features a spacious tabletop, multiple tiers of extra-large storage space, and a zippered door to help keep items clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne-piece Folding, Compact \u0026amp; Portable: The portable cook station sets up or folds down in 20 seconds with no tools required. It then stores easily into a handbag-sized fold for convenient storage and transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy Load Capacity: The camping cooking table is built with an aluminum alloy frame and PVC shelves. It supports up to 66 lbs on the tabletop, while the triangular cross-brace structure enhances stability and helps reduce wobbling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBreathable \u0026amp; Easy to Clean: The spill-resistant tabletop and removable shelves make the kitchen table easy to clean when dirty. The mesh rear window promotes breathable airflow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile Use: The outdoor cooking station is ideal for camping, picnics, BBQs, parties, and home storage. It includes 1 carrying bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCWJKYDCFYTZDJKTEY001V0 - Dark Gray; 23.6 × 19.7 × 31.5 inch\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtra-large Capacity: The camping kitchen table can be used as a desk or a cabinet. It features a spacious tabletop, multiple tiers of extra-large storage space, and a zippered door to help keep items clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne-piece Folding, Compact \u0026amp; Portable: The portable cook station sets up or folds down in 20 seconds with no tools required. It then stores easily into a handbag-sized fold for convenient storage and transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy Load Capacity: The camping cooking table is built with an aluminum alloy frame and PVC shelves. It supports up to 66 lbs on the tabletop, while the triangular cross-brace structure enhances stability and helps reduce wobbling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBreathable \u0026amp; Easy to Clean: The spill-resistant tabletop and removable shelves make the kitchen table easy to clean when dirty. The mesh rear window promotes breathable airflow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile Use: The outdoor cooking station is ideal for camping, picnics, BBQs, parties, and home storage. It includes 1 carrying bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ 71.6 x 17.7 inch","offer_id":51802487914802,"sku":"HWY45X47X53CMV3FSV0","price":218.16,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ 47.2 x 18.5 inch","offer_id":51802487947570,"sku":"CWJKYDCFHSHSB10K7V0","price":55.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 47 x 19.3 inch","offer_id":51802487980338,"sku":"DCCWJKHSTWLSPDQC4V0","price":62.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ 47 x 19.3 inch","offer_id":51802488013106,"sku":"DCCWJKLSLSBY357B3V0","price":36.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Gray \/ 39.4 × 19.7 × 31.5 inch","offer_id":51802488045874,"sku":"CWJKYDCFCZSL247AM001V0","price":75.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Gray \/ 33.1 × 19.7 × 31.5 inch","offer_id":51802488078642,"sku":"CWJKYDCFYTZD9T65R001V0","price":100.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Gray \/ 23.6 × 19.7 × 31.5 inch","offer_id":51802488111410,"sku":"CWJKYDCFYTZDJKTEY001V0","price":84.38,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-hwy45x47x53cmv3fsv0-0.jpg?v=1789392763"},{"product_id":"vevor-cdz70x50x25cmgzymv0","title":"VEVOR Tesla Charger Station Box, 28'' x 20'' x 10'', Outdoor Cable Box Charging Box Cable Organizer, IP32 Waterproof Dustproof Cool Roll Steel Electrical Enclosure Box, for Tesla","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVEVOR Tesla Charger Station Box, 28'' x 20'' x 10'', Outdoor Cable Box Charging Box Cable Organizer, IP32 Waterproof Dustproof Cool Roll Steel Electrical Enclosure Box, for Tesla\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCDZ70X50X25CMGZYMV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 28x20x10 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eItem Model Number: ST5 725-XSS; Color: White RAL 7032; Body Material: 0.05 in\/0.12 cm Cold-Rolled Carbon Steel; Finish: Powder Coating (Surface Pickling and Passivization); IP Rating: IP32; Mounting Hole Dia.: 0.3 in\/0.8 cm; Galvanized Backplate Dimensions(H x W): 25.6 x 18.1 in\/65 x 46 cm; Outer Dimensions (H x W x D): 28 x 20 x 10 in\/70 x 50 x 25 cm; Inner Dimensions(H x W x D): 27.3 x 19.5 x 9.6 in\/69.3 x 49.4 x 24.5 cm; Net Weight: 39.36 lbs\/17.85 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Charger Station Box; 4 x Expansion Bolt; 4 x Hanging Lug; 4 x Waterproof Pad; 4 x Anti-collision Pad; 4 x Screw; 2 x User Manual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCDZ70X50X25CMGZYMV0 - 28x20x10 inches\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt to Last: The tesla charger station box is meticulously crafted from 0.05'' \/ 1.2 mm cold-rolled carbon steel made by precise cutting and welding. It has stronger wear resistance and keeps your EV charger well protected. Outer Dimensions (H x W x D): 28 x 20 x 10 in \/ 70 x 50 x 25 cm. Inner Dimensions(H x W x D): 27.3 x 19.5 x 9.6 in \/ 69.3 x 49.4 x 24.5 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced Lock \u0026amp; Hinge: The outdoor cable box adopts a combination lock to eliminate the risk of key loss and theft, increasing security and lockability. The high-strength hinge ensures that the door is not easily damaged or broken due to squeezing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExquisitely Designed: The double outlet holes at the bottom of the charging lock box are designed to facilitate threading. The cutouts are fitted with a rubber sleeve that is smooth and effective in avoiding cable damage. The grounding screws have been installed in advance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHassle-Free Operation: Are you tired of complicated accessories and disorganized messes? Well, look no further! The charging station box is equipped with a detachable iron mounting plate, complete accessories, and four mounting holes for easy installation. With a guide rail, cable organizer, and charger holder to keep cables and power supplies secure and tidy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWaterproof \u0026amp; Breathable: The rubber strips, drainage channel, and an IP32 protection level make our outdoor charging station waterproof and dustproof. Multiple air outlets on both sides provide effective heat dissipation after prolonged use. Ideal for garage, parking lot, etc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"28x20x10 inches","offer_id":51802498105650,"sku":"CDZ70X50X25CMGZYMV0","price":120.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-cdz70x50x25cmgzymv0-0.jpg?v=1789392901"},{"product_id":"vevor-zxhytchsbb5009em3v0","title":"VEVOR Steel Garden Cart, Heavy Duty 500 lbs Capacity, with Removable Mesh Sides to Convert into Flatbed, Utility Metal Wagon with 180° Rotating Handle and 10 in Tires, Perfect for","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVEVOR Steel Garden Cart, Heavy Duty 500 lbs Capacity, with Removable Mesh Sides to Convert into Flatbed, Utility Metal Wagon with 180° Rotating Handle and 10 in Tires, Perfect for\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZXHYTCHSBB5009EM3V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity: 500 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandle Length: 32 in \/ 82 cm; Mesh Material: Iron; Item Height: 20 in \/ 51.5 cm; Model: VV-HYTC-500; Max. Load Capacity: 500 lbs \/ 227 kg; Tire Material: Rubber; Frame Material: Steel; Tire Diameter: 10 in \/ 25.4 cm; Item Weight: 33 lbs \/ 15 kg; Pad Thickness: 0.8 in \/ 2 cm; Mesh Bed Size (L x W x H): 34 x 18 x 8 in \/ 86 x 46 x 20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eZXHYTCHSBB5009EM3V0 - 500 lbs\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable with Super Capacity: VEVOR's multi-functional steel garden cart will become your number 1 assistant for garden planting. It will solve all problems when transporting equipment weighing up to 500 lbs. The cart has a steel mesh bed that is 34 in long and 18 in wide, carrying large amounts of planting tools with ease. Thanks to its fully-welded powder-coated steel frame and iron mesh frame, the cart withstands all outdoor weather conditions for years to come.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransform into A Flatbed: Do you still worry about your metal wagon's capability to accommodate larger loads? VEVOR's uniquely designed side meshes can be removed, making the cart a flatbed, widening the space, and enhancing the practicality. Note: Long-term heavy loading is not recommended. Carry heavy loads and get any job done right for years to come.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe King of Terrain: Our garden cart flatbed is equipped with 10-inch tires, enhancing stability and security during use. The upgraded pneumatic tires feature noise-reduction and shock absorption. These impact-proof tires ensure the garden cart adapts to various road conditions, such as grass, snow, beaches, rock, etc. Get ready to roll over any surface and go where you need to be!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHighly Flexible Handle: Compared to those lawn wagons whose handles are screw connected, our handle connections are all-welded, so the handle will not break during use. Additionally, there are rubber gaskets to achieve a smooth and flexible 180° rotation. You can freely control the direction. Rotate into comfort and feel the difference with every use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower That Follows You on The Go: Whether you use this yard wagon to carry planting tools or equipment, load wood, store sundries, or even use it as a cart to transport kids or pets, it will satisfy all your needs. It is perfect for gardens, lawns, yards, beaches, farms, warehouses, etc. Get ready to take your work to the next level and start your gardening tour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"500 lbs","offer_id":51802530414898,"sku":"ZXHYTCHSBB5009EM3V0","price":95.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-zxhytchsbb5009em3v0-0.jpg?v=1789393318"},{"product_id":"vevor-bxscndymc296wsgucv1","title":"VEVOR Portable Power Station, 296Wh, Backup Lithium-ion Battery Solar Powered Generator, 300W(Peak Power 600W) Pure Sine Wave AC Outlet, USB QC3.0 LED Light, for Outdoors Camping","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVEVOR Portable Power Station, 296Wh, Backup Lithium-ion Battery Solar Powered Generator, 300W(Peak Power 600W) Pure Sine Wave AC Outlet, USB QC3.0 LED Light, for Outdoors Camping\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBXSCNDYMC296WSGUCV1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitle: Default Title\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAC Output Power: 300W MAX; Gross Weight: 9.7 lbs \/ 4.4 kg; AC Input Charging: AC100-240V to 19V\/3A; Car Input Charging: DC12V-24V\/7AMax; USB-C Charging: PD100W Max; Item Dimensions(L x W x H): 9.06 x 5.51 x 6.65 in \/ 23 x 14 x 16.9 cm; Solar Input Charging: DC12V-24V\/7AMax; Efficiency: 85%; Battery: Lithium-ion Battery(2900mah); AC Output Waveform: Pure Sine Wave; Operating Temperature: 0℃ to 40℃\/32℉ to 104℉; USB-C2: PD27W Max(5V 3A \u0026amp; 9V 3A \u0026amp; 12V 2.25A, PD3.0); LED Light: 2W Max, 3 Levels(L\/M\/H)+S0S+Strobe; Packing Size(L x W x H): 11.22 x 8.78 x 9.65 in \/ 28.5 x 22.3 x 24.5 cm; USB-A1: QC24W Max (5V 3A \u0026amp; 9V 2A \u0026amp; 12V 2A, QC3.0); Pass-Through Charging: Support; USB-A2: QC24W Max(5V 3A \u0026amp; 9V 2A \u0026amp; 12V 2A, QC3.0); USB-C1: PD100W Max(5V 5A \u0026amp; 9V 5A \u0026amp; 12V 5A \u0026amp; 15V 5A \u0026amp; 20V 5A, PD3.0); Certification: ETL, FCC, CE, IC, PSE, UKCA, ROHS; Safety Protection: Short-Circuit \/ Over-Current \/ Over-Voltage \/ Low-Voltage \/ Over-Load \/ Over-Temperature Protection; Battery Capacity: 296Wh(20Ah\/14.8V); Battery Charge Cycle: ≥1000 times, DOD≥80%; Model: 296WHBJCNDY; DC Output: 1 x Cigarette Lighter; 2 x DC5521 Rated Output 12.8-16.5V\/10A(Total 10A Max); Net Weight: 7.05 lbs \/ 3.2 kg; Main Material: ABS \u0026amp; PC(Grade: AC3100; Fire Rating: V0)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eBXSCNDYMC296WSGUCV1 - Default Title\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnbeatable Lithium Battery: Our portable power station is designed with a high-quality class-A lithium-ion battery, with a capacity of 296Wh (20Ah\/14.8V). The efficiency is still ≥80% after 1000 cycles, and the single-cell capacity is 2900mAh. With an advanced BMS system, pure sine wave output provides a clean and stable power supply. What are you waiting for? The choice is obvious!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharge in No Time: Get ready to charge at twice the efficiency. DC+Type-C100W simultaneous charging can increase the charging speed by 50%. Three charging modes are mains, car charging, and solar panel charging(solar panel not included). AC charging + Type-C (PD100W) charging: 3.5 hours, AC charging: 7 hours, car charging: 4.3 hours, and 120W solar panel charging: 4 hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e9 Ports to Get Any Job Done: 9 output ports to meet all your needs: Type-C PD100W, Type-C PD27W, 2 x QC3.0 (24W), DC Charging Port 12V-24V, 2 x AC Output 300W Max, Cigarette Lighter, DC Charging Port. If the charge is less than 2W, it will automatically shut down, extending the rechargeable time of CPAP and other low-power continuous output products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecurity You can Trust: The solar generator is equipped with 6 protections: over-current \/ over-load \/ low-voltage \/ over-voltage \/short circuit \/ over-temperature protection. With 7 types of certification: ETL \/ FCC \/ CE \/ PSE \/ IC \/ UKCA certification. The power station can also supply power to the equipment while charging. With so many layers of protection, you can't go wrong!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWell-Crafted \u0026amp; Portable Design: Are you worried about fuzzy or blurry displays? Well, that all stops! The LCD screen clearly displays the working data, while the five-mode LED strip light meets all your lighting needs. 9.06 x 5.51 x 6.65 in overall dimensions does not take up space. With 7.05 lbs weight and a collapsable carry handle, this camping power station is stress-free to move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51802563969330,"sku":"BXSCNDYMC296WSGUCV1","price":164.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-bxscndymc296wsgucv1-0.jpg?v=1789393728"},{"product_id":"vevor-ldsjszzctsh94i35ev0","title":"VEVOR Raised Garden Bed, 8 x 4 x 2 ft Galvanized Metal Planter Box, Outdoor Planting Boxes with Open Base, for Growing Flowers\/Vegetables\/Herbs in Backyard\/Garden\/Patio\/Balcony,","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVEVOR Raised Garden Bed, 8 x 4 x 2 ft Galvanized Metal Planter Box, Outdoor Planting Boxes with Open Base, for Growing Flowers\/Vegetables\/Herbs in Backyard\/Garden\/Patio\/Balcony,\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLDSJSZZCTSH94I35EV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 94.5x47.2x23.6 inch; Material: Metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor: Dark Gray; Net. Weight: 43 lbs \/ 19.5 kg; Material: Metal; Finish: Double-sided Spraying; Product Size: 94.5 x 47.2 x 23.6 inch \/ 240 x 120 x 60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eLDSJSZZCTSH94I35EV0 - 94.5x47.2x23.6 inch; Metal\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour Security Comes First: You no longer have to endure hand injuries while gardening. You will be ready to create the perfect garden and show off your skills! The edges of our raised garden bed are all folded and feature rubber strips, preventing injuries and fatigue. We also provide gloves to ensure your security during installation and gardening. It's about time you brought your garden to life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnbeatable Structure: The raised planter box is made of 0.03\"\/0.76mm thick aluminized zinc board with rust-proof double-sided spraying. The premium material and stable construction allow it to be used outdoors for years to come. Guess what? It is so sturdy that it won't be blown over by strong wind. Get ready to stand up to the harshest conditions while caring for your garden!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade to Water: Are you worried about your plants receiving enough water? Well, you are in luck! Our garden bed features an open bottom, ensuring excellent drainage to protect plants' roots, so there is no need to worry about water accumulating. Just enjoy your gardening time. Perfect for growing vegetables, fruits, herbs, succulents, etc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEffortless Assembly: The raised bed comes with stainless steel 201 butterfly screws and pre-drilled holes for quick and effortless installation. It only takes 5 minutes to finish the assembly and requires no other tools. WOW, now that is fast and easy! All you need to do is connect the metal plates with screws. It is suitable for novices who like garden planting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuild Your Unique Garden Bed: If you have two sets of our planter raised beds, various shapes can be assembled according to your imagination. Give your creativity the opportunity to expand and reach further! 20 planting labels are provided for your personalized organization. Larger capacity and more shapes can meet your planting needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"94.5x47.2x23.6 inch \/ Metal","offer_id":51802584383794,"sku":"LDSJSZZCTSH94I35EV0","price":96.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-ldsjszzctsh94i35ev0-0.jpg?v=1789393958"},{"product_id":"vevor-mgjlcd48a1450xa1mv4","title":"VEVOR Level 2 Electric Vehicle Charging Station, 0-48A Adjustable, 11.5 kW 240V NEMA14-50 Plug Smart EV Charger with WiFi, 24-Foot TPE Charging Cable for Indoor\/Outdoor Use, ETL \u0026","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVEVOR Level 2 Electric Vehicle Charging Station, 0-48A Adjustable, 11.5 kW 240V NEMA14-50 Plug Smart EV Charger with WiFi, 24-Foot TPE Charging Cable for Indoor\/Outdoor Use, ETL \u0026amp;\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMGJLCD48A1450XA1MV4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug Type: 14-50; Max. Current: 48A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard of Reference: CCS1 (combo\/Type 1) AC Level 2 charging; Operating Temperature: -22 to 122℉\/-30 to 50℃; Item Dimensions(H x W x D): 13.11 x 8.39 x 3.62 in \/ 333 x 213 x 92 mm; Gross Weight: 18.74 lbs \/ 8.5 kg; Relative Humidity: 5% to 95% No Condensation; Maximum Output Current: 48A; Charging Cable: 24 ft \/ 7.3 m(2*8AWG+1*10AWG, TPE); Protection Function: Over Voltage, Under Voltage, Over Charge, Over Current Protection, Lightning Protection, Emergency Stop Protection; Input Cable: 5 ft \/ 1.5 m(2*8AWG+1*10AWG, PVC); Certification: ETL Certified; Energy Star Certified; Power Output: 11.5 kW; Indicator Light: Standby - Green on; Charging - Yellow blinking; Alarm - Red on; Indication of Status: 3*LED Light Indicator \u0026amp; 4.3-inch Touchscreen; Packing Size(H x W x D): 20.87 x 16.54 x 7.68 in \/ 53 x 42 x 19.5 cm; Input Plug: NEME14-50P; IP Rating: IP66; Mechanical Timing: 1-24 Hours; Voltage: Level II 240V±15%, 60 Hz; Model: EV-A01-US011B; Charging Interface: SAE J1772; Enclosure Material: PC+ABS; Charging Mode: Swipe Card Charging \/ APP Charging \/ Password Charging \/ Appointment Charging; Net Weight: 17.61 lbs \/ 7.99 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eMGJLCD48A1450XA1MV4 - 14-50; 48A\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntelligent Recognition Function: Our EV charging station level 2 can intelligently identify the user's home circuit. If the circuit can not withstand the charging power, it will automatically switch to the appropriate power charging. You won't have anything to worry about! Adjustment Unit: 1A, adjustment Range: 0-48A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTPE That Does More: Our charging cable is made of high-quality TPE, which is flexible even at -22℉\/-30℃. The extra-long charging cable reaches as far as 24 feet, meeting all your needs. Besides, the enclosure features PC+ABS material, with an IP66 protection level to withstand harsh weather conditions. No matter where you are, you will be ready for anything!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour Security Comes First: Your security is our primary concern! That is why this smart EV charger is ETL-certified and energy star certified. It is equipped with various protection features to keep users and equipment secure. Features include over voltage \/ under voltage \/ over charge \/ over current \/ emergency stop protection \/ lightning protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal-Time Monitoring: This home vehicle charging station has a built-in intelligent App to directly monitor the charge status and power consumption. Designed with a 4.3-inch touch screen and 3-LED indicator light to easily control the current \/ mode setting, order \/ password charging, etc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEverything You Need: We provide you with complete accessories to make installation effortless, including 2 x RFID cards(M1 card), 6 x M8*60 expansion screws, 1 x charging cable hook, 1 x wall hanging fixed plate, and 1 x certificate of conformity. The electric car charger is compatible with most electric vehicles and plug-in hybrid vehicles that comply with the J1772 standard. Get ready to charge up and hit the road again!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"14-50 \/ 48A","offer_id":51802586841394,"sku":"MGJLCD48A1450XA1MV4","price":397.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-mgjlcd48a1450xa1mv4-0.jpg?v=1789394001"},{"product_id":"vevor-bxspslycklhsbc8pev0","title":"VEVOR Outdoor Oven 12-inch Pellet and Charcoal Fired Maker, Portable Outside Stainless Steel Grill with Pizza Stone, Waterproof Cover, Shovel, Wood Burner for Backyard Camping,","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVEVOR Outdoor Oven 12-inch Pellet and Charcoal Fired Maker, Portable Outside Stainless Steel Grill with Pizza Stone, Waterproof Cover, Shovel, Wood Burner for Backyard Camping,\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBXSPSLYCKLHSBC8PEV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions: 85 x 36 x 61 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePizza Size: 12\"\/304.8 mm; Max Temperature: 1000℉\/540℃; Preheating Time: 30 minutes; Fuel Tray Capacity: 1.1 lbs\/480 g; Material: 430 Stainless Steel + Cold Rolled Sheet; Baking Time: ≤90 Seconds; Fuel Type: Wood Pellets\/Wood Chips\/Charcoal; Pizza Stone Thickness: 0.4\"\/10 mm; Pizza Stone Material: Cordierite; Product Size (L x W x H): 21.3\" x 16.1\" x 27.2\"\/540 x 410 x 690 mm; Pizza Stone Size: 12\" x 12\"\/305 x 305 mm; Model: GB-PO12D; Product Weight: 21.2 lbs\/9.6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eBXSPSLYCKLHSBC8PEV0 - 85 x 36 x 61 cm\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBake Like Never Before: Are you tired of pizza ovens that just don't do what they are supposed to? Our outdoor pizza oven heats up to 1000℉\/540℃ in just 30 minutes and bakes a tasty 12-inch pizza in 90 seconds or less! Plus, it's versatile enough to cook all kinds of meats, fish, and delicious vegetables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore Fuel Options: Our portable pizza oven is designed with an efficient wood burner, and you can use wood pellets, wood chips, or charcoal as fuels. Choose wood for an authentic flame-cooked taste or charcoal for a lower, slower burn. With its large 480 g fuel tray, you'll need to feed it less often.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetain Heat for Extra Taste: The portable pizza oven for outside is built with 430 stainless steel inner frame and cold-rolled sheet shell for enhanced quality. This 2-layer thermal insulation structure provides the best heat preservation, allowing you to enjoy your food quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortable Outdoor Oven: This pizza oven boasts a lightweight 21.2 lbs, making it easy to carry to your backyard, campsite, beach, or any outdoor gathering place. Its foldable legs make it even more compact, and we also provide a wood pellets shovel and carry bag for added convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBecome a Chef in No Time: Ready to use straight out of the box! Simply fill the fuel tray with wood pellets, light a fire, slide in the pizza, turn it often, and enjoy delicious stone-baked pizza. Cooking outdoors with our portable outdoor pizza oven is that simple.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"85 x 36 x 61 cm","offer_id":51802588217650,"sku":"BXSPSLYCKLHSBC8PEV0","price":101.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-bxspslycklhsbc8pev0-0.jpg?v=1789394017"},{"product_id":"vevor-bjkydcfhsbdstyugsv0","title":"VEVOR Outdoor Camping Kitchen - Select Your Configuration","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVEVOR Outdoor Camping Kitchen - Select Your Configuration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBJKYDCFHSBDSTYUGSV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor: Black; Size: 49.6x18.1x31.9 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen Size: 49.6\"x18.1\"x31.9\"\/126x46x81cm; Shelf Weight Capacity: 48.5lbs\/22 kg; Countertop Weight Capacity: 88lbs\/40 kg; Product Weight: 21.4 lbs\/9.7 kg; Folding Size: 34.6\"x19.3\"x5.5\"\/88x49x14 cm; Material: Aluminum+ Iron; Side Table Thickness: 3\/10\"(0.8 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBJKYDCFHSBZDSOTKJV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor: Black; Size: 68.5x19.7x 63 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen Size: 68.5\"x19.7\"x 63\"\/174x50x160 cm; Shelf Weight Capacity: 48.5lbs\/22 kg; Countertop Weight Capacity: 88lbs\/40 kg; Product Weight: 27.8 lbs\/12.6 kg; Folding Size: 34.3\"x20.9\"x6.7\"\/87x53x17 cm; Material: Aluminum+ Iron; Side Table Thickness: 3\/10\"(0.8 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKJCBZKMPJHSS3NPRS001V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor: Black; Size: 51.2 x 17.7 x 35.4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eItem Model Number: 13045; Folded Dimensions: 34.7x 21.7 x 5.1 inch \/ 88 x 55 x 13cm; Product Dimensions: 51.2 x 17.7 x 35.4 inch \/ 130 x 45 x 90 cm; Net Weight: 19.4 lbs \/ 8.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKJCBZKMPJHHSDZQSN001V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor: Gray; Size: 46.1 x 17.7 x 31.5 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Capacity: 88.2 lbs \/ 40 kg; Item Model Number: 12045; Product Dimensions: 46.1 x 17.7 x 31.5 inch \/ 117 x 45 x 80 cm; Net Weight: 16.8 lbs\/ 7.6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eBJKYDCFHSBDSTYUGSV0 - Black; 49.6x18.1x31.9 inch\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat Space Management: Our camping kitchen table is designed to take your kitchen outside! You can organize your stoves, grills, and cookware in an orderly manner on the aluminum tabletop, 4 folding side tables, and storage shelf. Plus, the cupholders will keep your cups and bottles in place and prevent them from falling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetup in Seconds: You can easily unfold and pack the one-piece portable cook station up, and it can be taken apart in less than a minute without any tools. The slim-fold table is only 5.5 inches (14 cm) thick, so it won't take up too much space. Everything fits into a single oxford cloth bag, making it easy to take with you wherever you go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarvel at its Quality: Our camping cooking table is built to last thanks to its powder-coated aluminum tubes and a heat-resistant aluminum countertop. Its durability is further enhanced by the four iron side tables that can withstand prolonged use. And cleaning up is a breeze.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA Load of Stability: The camp kitchen is designed with a reinforced triangular structure, which provides better stability and security during operation. The countertop can handle heavy loads of up to 88 lbs in total. The kitchen has an extended size of 49.6\"x18.1\"x31.9\" and a compact size of 34.6\"x19.3\"x5.5\".\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady for Any Adventure: Whether you're RV traveling, camping, picnicking, hosting a backyard BBQ, or just enjoying a night under the stars, our camping table is the ideal solution for all your outdoor needs. It provides a sturdy surface for placing and storing items, while enhancing your overall outdoor experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eBJKYDCFHSBZDSOTKJV0 - Black; 68.5x19.7x 63 inch\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat Space Management: Our camping kitchen table is designed to take your kitchen outside! You can organize your stoves, grills, and cookware in an orderly manner on the long aluminum tabletop, 3 folding side tables, and storage shelves. Plus, the cupholders will keep your cups and bottles in place and prevent them from falling. The fold-out sink makes washing dishes outside much easier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetup in Seconds: You can easily unfold and pack the portable cook station up, and it can be taken apart in less than a minute without any tools. The slim-fold table is only 6.7 inches (17 cm) thick, so it won't take up too much space. Everything fits into a single oxford cloth bag, making it easy to take with you wherever you go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarvel at its Quality: Our camping cooking table is built to last thanks to its powder-coated aluminum tubes and a heat-resistant aluminum countertop. Its durability is further enhanced by the four iron side tables that can withstand prolonged use. And cleaning up is a breeze.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA Load of Stability: The camp kitchen is designed with a reinforced triangular structure, which provides better stability and security during operation. The countertop can handle heavy loads of up to 88 lbs in total. The kitchen has an extended size of 68.5\"x19.7\"x 63\" and a compact size of 34.3\"x20.9\"x6.7\".\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady for Any Adventure: Whether you're RV traveling, camping, picnicking, hosting a backyard BBQ, or just enjoying a night under the stars, our camping table is the ideal solution for all your outdoor needs. It provides a sturdy surface for placing and storing items, while enhancing your overall outdoor experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eKJCBZKMPJHSS3NPRS001V0 - Black; 51.2 x 17.7 x 35.4 inch\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZoned Storage: The camping kitchen table features an extra-wide cooking surface with a foldable side table and a storage shelf, creating a divided prep space for organized placement of stoves, ingredients, and seasonings. This keeps outdoor cooking neat and efficient\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFast Installation: The portable cook station includes an integrated folding stand with a snap-on setup. No extra tools are required. The quick 3-step assembly is easy for beginners to use, saves time and effort, and allows you to cook right out of the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat-tolerant, Easy-clean Surface: The iron main tabletop handles high temperatures and is easy to clean. The camping kitchen station allows direct placement of various stoves, while grease wipes away easily to keep the surface looking neat over time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStable Load Support, No Wobble: The thickened iron frame features an X-shaped cross brace and a triangular support structure, keeping your stove as steady as a rock for wobble-resistant cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpace-Saving Storage: The camping cooking table supports tool-free disassembly for flat storage, fitting easily in car trunks. It is lightweight and portable, making it ideal for picnics and long camping trips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eKJCBZKMPJHHSDZQSN001V0 - Gray; 46.1 x 17.7 x 31.5 inch\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZoned Storage: The camping kitchen table features an extra-wide cooking surface with a foldable side table and a storage shelf, creating a divided prep space for organized placement of stoves, ingredients, and seasonings. This keeps outdoor cooking neat and efficient\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFast Installation: The portable cook station includes an integrated folding stand with a snap-on setup. No extra tools are required. The quick 3-step assembly is easy for beginners to use, saves time and effort, and allows you to cook right out of the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat-tolerant, Easy-clean Surface: The iron main tabletop handles high temperatures and is easy to clean. The camping kitchen station allows direct placement of various stoves, while grease wipes away easily to keep the surface looking neat over time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStable Load Support, No Wobble: The thickened iron frame features an X-shaped cross brace and a triangular support structure, keeping your stove as steady as a rock for wobble-resistant cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpace-Saving Storage: The camping cooking table supports tool-free disassembly for flat storage, fitting easily in car trunks. It is lightweight and portable, making it ideal for picnics and long camping trips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ 49.6x18.1x31.9 inch","offer_id":51802640122162,"sku":"BJKYDCFHSBDSTYUGSV0","price":90.11,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 68.5x19.7x 63 inch","offer_id":51802640154930,"sku":"BJKYDCFHSBZDSOTKJV0","price":125.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 51.2 x 17.7 x 35.4 inch","offer_id":51802640187698,"sku":"KJCBZKMPJHSS3NPRS001V0","price":61.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ 46.1 x 17.7 x 31.5 inch","offer_id":51802640220466,"sku":"KJCBZKMPJHHSDZQSN001V0","price":64.01,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-bjkydcfhsbdstyugsv0-0.jpg?v=1789394569"},{"product_id":"vevor-w58018160500f53cnv1","title":"VEVOR 53 inch Portable Charcoal Grill, Propane Gas Grills with Cover and Cart, Heavy Duty Iron BBQ Grill, Mini Tabletop Smoker for Outdoor Cooking, Barbecue Camping, Picnic,","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVEVOR 53 inch Portable Charcoal Grill, Propane Gas Grills with Cover and Cart, Heavy Duty Iron BBQ Grill, Mini Tabletop Smoker for Outdoor Cooking, Barbecue Camping, Picnic,\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eW58018160500F53CNV1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSkip capacity: 18 lbs; Usage Area: 580 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface Technology: Powder Coat Finish; Item Size: 53 x 34.3 x 47 in \/ 1347 x 872 x 1195 mm; Item Model Number: 07900002; Temperature Range: 175~500 °F; Cylinder Capacity: 13L; Material: A3 + Enamel; Cooking Area: 580 in²; Item Weight: 144.2 lbs \/ 65.4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eW58018160500F53CNV1 - 18 lbs; 580 in\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnjoy the Joy of Grill: This BBQ grill has an ample cooking space of about 580in². Equipped with 2 layers grills, our smoker can quickly grill your meat and vegetables simultaneously, catering for a party of many people.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultifunctional Outdoor Grill: Our grill combines grill, roast, sear, smoke, bake, braise, barbecue, and char-grill for multipurpose use, allowing you to enjoy different flavors at the same time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple Temp Control: You can precisely meet the temperature requirements of various ingredients by adjusting the temp control panel, and the smoke furnace will automatically work. The PID temp control system can maintain the temperature inside the cavity between 175℉- 500℉. The provided meat probe to more accurately aware of the temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLonger Burning Times: Designed with a 13L cylinder, the bbq grill can be used for cooking and baking with a single fill, so you don't need to add fuel frequently during the cooking process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortable Design: Unleash the ultimate grilling experience with a charcoal grill that promises to be your perfect companion! Simply folding design features effortless portability and space-saving storage. With universal wheels, you can enjoy mouth-watering BBQ moments anytime, anywhere!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"18 lbs \/ 580 in","offer_id":51802649854258,"sku":"W58018160500F53CNV1","price":480.11,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-w58018160500f53cnv1-0.jpg?v=1789394681"},{"product_id":"vevor-jyxbxshwcw230zywev0","title":"VEVOR Outdoor Storage Box - Select Your Configuration","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVEVOR Outdoor Storage Box - Select Your Configuration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJYXBXSHWCW230ZYWEV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity: 230 Gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel: VV-OSB-230; Size: 57.9\" x 33.9\" x 42.5\" x 30.3\" \/ 147 x 86 x 108 x 77 cm; Weight: 17.2 lbs \/ 7.8 kg; Capacity: 230 Gallon; Frame Material: Galvanized Poles; Cloth Material: PE Tarpaulin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Outdoor Storage Box; 1 x User Manual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJYXBXSHWCW150VJ5UV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity: 150 Gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel: VV-OSB-150; Size: 61\" x 24.8\" x 29.5\" x 20.5\" \/ 155 x 63 x 75 x 52 cm; Weight: 14.3 lbs \/ 6.5 kg; Capacity: 150 Gallon; Frame Material: Galvanized Poles; Cloth Material: PE Tarpaulin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Outdoor Storage Box; 1 x User Manual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJYXBXSHWCW100NKVFV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity: 100 Gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel: VV-OSB-100; Size: 48\" x 24.8\" x 29.5\" x 20.5\" \/ 122 x 63 x 75 x 52 cm; Weight: 12.13 lbs \/ 5.5 kg; Capacity: 100 Gallon; Frame Material: Galvanized Poles; Cloth Material: PE Tarpaulin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Outdoor Storage Box; 1 x User Manual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eJYXBXSHWCW230ZYWEV0 - 230 Gallons\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e230 Gallon Capacity: Interior Dimension: 57.9\" x 33.9\" x 42.5\" x 30.3\". Our outdoor storage box has a galvanized frame with a generous 230-gallon capacity for bulky items, such as garden tools, children's toys, and more. Create an organized space with more than enough space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePE Waterproof Tarpaulin: The PE Tarpaulin has reached an industrial level, so it can withstand every weather condition. The slope of our deck storage box is 2\" higher than others to prevent ponding water and accumulated snow. Exclude your worries about the security of your loving belongs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortable \u0026amp; Ventilated: The handles on both sides are portable for two people to uplift and move this patio storage. Moreover, the mesh vent of it can effectively keep your items away from wet and musty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetup without tools: Our deck box can be assembled simply without any tools. Even if you are not a professional, you will finish the installation by yourself without problems. In addition, it is portable with a light weight of 17.2 lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrganize Your Stuff: Our patio storage box is suitable for home and camping use. Provide you with an ample place to store outdoor patio furniture cushions, outdoor toys, pool accessories, and beach towels. Help you always ready for guests!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eJYXBXSHWCW150VJ5UV0 - 150 Gallons\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e150 Gallon Capacity: Interior Dimension: 61\" x 25\" x 30\" x 21\". Our outdoor storage box has a galvanized frame with a generous 150-gallon capacity for bulky items, such as garden tools, children's toys, and more. Create an organized space with more than enough space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePE Waterproof Tarpaulin: The PE Tarpaulin has reached an industrial level, so it can withstand every weather condition. The slope of our deck storage box is 2\" higher than others to prevent ponding water and accumulated snow. Exclude your worries about the security of your loving belongs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortable \u0026amp; Ventilated: The handles on both sides are portable for two people to uplift and move this patio storage. Moreover, the mesh vent of it can effectively keep your items away from wet and musty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetup without tools: Our deck box can be assembled simply without any tools. Even if you are not a professional, you will finish the installation by yourself without problems. In addition, it is portable with a light weight of 14.3 lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrganize Your Stuff: Our patio storage box is suitable for home and camping use. Provide you with a ample place to store outdoor patio furniture cushions, outdoor toys, pool accessories, and beach towels. Help you always ready for guests!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eJYXBXSHWCW100NKVFV0 - 100 Gallons\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100 Gallon Capacity: Interior Dimension: 48\" x 24.8\" x 29.5\" x 20.5\". Our outdoor storage box has a galvanized frame with a generous 100-gallon capacity for bulky items, such as garden tools, children's toys, and more. Create an organized space with more than enough space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePE Waterproof Tarpaulin: The PE Tarpaulin has reached an industrial level, so it can withstand every weather condition. The slope of our deck storage box is 2\" higher than others to prevent ponding water and accumulated snow. Exclude your worries about the security of your loving belongs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortable \u0026amp; Ventilated: The handles on both sides are portable for two people to uplift and move this patio storage. Moreover, the mesh vent of it can effectively keep your items away from wet and musty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetup without tools: Our deck box can be assembled simply without any tools. Even if you are not a professional, you will finish the installation by yourself without problems. In addition, it is portable with a light weight of 12.13 lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrganize Your Stuff: Our patio storage box is suitable for home and camping use. Provide you with an ample place to store outdoor patio furniture cushions, outdoor toys, pool accessories, and beach towels. Help you always ready for guests!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"230 Gallons","offer_id":51802674299186,"sku":"JYXBXSHWCW230ZYWEV0","price":66.83,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"150 Gallons","offer_id":51802674331954,"sku":"JYXBXSHWCW150VJ5UV0","price":51.42,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Gallons","offer_id":51802674364722,"sku":"JYXBXSHWCW100NKVFV0","price":55.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-jyxbxshwcw230zywev0-0.jpg?v=1789394877"},{"product_id":"vevor-hwcwxhsjpp100ifbrv0","title":"VEVOR Deck Box, 100 Gallon Outdoor Storage Box, 48.0\" x 21.5\" x 24.5\", Waterproof PP Deckbox with Aluminum Alloy Padlock, for Patio Furniture, Pool Toys, Garden Tools, Outdoor","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVEVOR Deck Box, 100 Gallon Outdoor Storage Box, 48.0\" x 21.5\" x 24.5\", Waterproof PP Deckbox with Aluminum Alloy Padlock, for Patio Furniture, Pool Toys, Garden Tools, Outdoor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHWCWXHSJPP100IFBRV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity: 100 Gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInterior Dimensions (After Assembly): 46.5\" x 19.3\" x 23.4\" \/ 1180 x 491 x 595 mm; Weight Capacity: 660 lbs \/ 299 kg; Material: PP; Storage Capacity: 100 Gallon \/ 378.5 L; Exterior Dimensions (After Assembly): 48.0\" x 21.5\" x 24.5\" \/ 1220 x 545 x 623 mm; Item Weight: 26.9 lbs \/ 12.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHWCWXHSJPP100IFBRV0 - 100 Gallons\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarger Storage Capacity: This VEVOR deck box boasts a 100-gallon capacity to fit more. Create the perfect space for all your belongings! With this much space, your gardening supplies, kids' pool toys, seasonal patio cushions, or even packages at your door will all have a spot of their own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtra Bench or Table: Our outdoor storage box features a flat top, allowing it to double as a convenient bench or table, and has a maximum weight capacity of 660 pounds, sturdy enough to have 2 adults on it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLast for Years: This deck storage box offers the appearance of a natural wicker-look aesthetic while ensuring durability via the waterproof, UV-resistant PP construction. Its superior materials won't easily chip or fade. You will be shocked to find how lightweight it is in addition to its jaw-dropping durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdded Security and Portability: Our patio storage box locks in place to keep your special items safe. Plus, an extra padlock is included. And guess what? Our deck storage box comes with a built-in hydraulic lift system to ensure that it's always safe to open and close! Say goodbye to smashed fingers. Besides, each side is designed with a built-in handle that makes it easy to move the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to Install: You can effortlessly set up your new outdoor toy box with your friends in less than 20 minutes (2 people are recommended for the assembly due to the large size). The installation steps are clear, and easy to follow pictures in the user manual make installation a breeze.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"100 Gallons","offer_id":51802693468466,"sku":"HWCWXHSJPP100IFBRV0","price":113.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-hwcwxhsjpp100ifbrv0-0.jpg?v=1789394986"},{"product_id":"vevor-tycwp7ftx12fttuicv0","title":"VEVOR Compact Outdoor Shelter, 7x12x7.36 ft Durable Season-Long Storage Canopy, Instant Setup Tent with Rolling Zip Door \u0026 Breathable Windows for Motorcycles, Bicycles, \u0026 Yard","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVEVOR Compact Outdoor Shelter, 7x12x7.36 ft Durable Season-Long Storage Canopy, Instant Setup Tent with Rolling Zip Door \u0026amp; Breathable Windows for Motorcycles, Bicycles, \u0026amp; Yard\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTYCWP7FTX12FTTUICV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: Gray-7x12 ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage Shed Color: Gray; Assembled Product Size: 7 x 12 x 7.36 ft \/ 213.4 x 365.8 x 224.3 cm; Tent Door Size: 5.5 x 3.7 x 6.1 ft \/ 168 x 113 x 185 cm; Frame Material: Galvanized Steel Pipe; Interior Volume: 480.3 ft³ \/ 13.6 m³; Net Weight: 79.4 lbs \/ 36 kg; Recommended Uses: Carport, Outdoor Storage; Shed Material: Double-sided Coating PE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eTYCWP7FTX12FTTUICV0 - Gray-7x12 ft\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTough Steel Metal Frame: This 7 x 12 x 7.36 ft portable storage shed, with 480.3 ft³ interior volume, is built like a fortress with galvanized steel pipe. With a thickness of 38mm and a 0.8mm wall thickness, it can keep the shed\/shelter safe!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpgraded TRIPLE-LAYER 240G Fabric Cover: VEVOR storage tent is made of double-coated PE material! With tear-resistant and fade-resistant properties, the storage sheds are sturdy enough. Plus, the 15 cm extended mopping cover provides extra stability when loading heavy objects, protecting your belongings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBetter Ventilation, Better Protection: The door of this portable garage shed can be closed or rolled up as you prefer, while the viewable window ensures maximum air circulation and natural light. This feature also prevents moisture and dew buildup due to temperature differences or rain, ensuring your belongings stay dry and protected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFast and Easy Assembly: No need to dig out the toolbox or call in a handyman! With NEW pipes connection method (a three or four way buckle connection) and more detailed clear instructions, the assembling process will be easier and smoother.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBroadly Applicable: Our outdoor storage shed is perfect for storing everything from motorcycles and bicycles to garden tools, lawn mowers, and even pool supplies and firewood. Plus, you can use it in a garden, backyard, patio, or other outdoor area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"Gray-7x12 ft","offer_id":51802694091058,"sku":"TYCWP7FTX12FTTUICV0","price":183.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-tycwp7ftx12fttuicv0-0.jpg?v=1789394994"},{"product_id":"vevor-tycwp8ftx14ftgjamv0","title":"VEVOR Outdoor Storage Tent, 8x14x7.6 ft Durable Seasonal Shelter, Instant Setup Canopy with Roll-up Door \u0026 Breathable Windows for Bikes, Motorcycles \u0026 Garden Equipment","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVEVOR Outdoor Storage Tent, 8x14x7.6 ft Durable Seasonal Shelter, Instant Setup Canopy with Roll-up Door \u0026amp; Breathable Windows for Bikes, Motorcycles \u0026amp; Garden Equipment\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTYCWP8FTX14FTGJAMV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: Gray-8x14 ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage Shed Color: Gray; Assembled Product Size: 8 x 14 x 7.6 ft \/ 243.8 x 426.7 x 231.6 cm; Tent Door Size: 6.7 x 4.7 x 6.1 ft \/ 205 x 142 x 185cm; Frame Material: Galvanized Steel Pipe; Interior Volume: 663.9 ft³ \/ 18.8 m³; Net Weight: 87.7 lbs \/ 39.8 kg; Recommended Uses: Carport, Outdoor Storage; Shed Material: Double-sided Coating PE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eTYCWP8FTX14FTGJAMV0 - Gray-8x14 ft\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTough Steel Metal Frame: This 8 x 14 x 7.6 ft portable storage shed, with 663.9 ft³ interior volume, is built like a fortress with galvanized steel pipe. With a thickness of 38mm and a 0.8mm wall thickness, it can keep the shed\/shelter safe!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpgraded TRIPLE-LAYER 240G Fabric Cover: VEVOR storage tent is made of double-coated PE material! With tear-resistant and fade-resistant properties, the storage sheds are sturdy enough. Plus, the 15 cm extended mopping cover provides extra stability when loading heavy objects, protecting your belongings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBetter Ventilation, Better Protection: The door of this portable garage shed can be closed or rolled up as you prefer, while the viewable window ensures maximum air circulation and natural light. This feature also prevents moisture and dew buildup due to temperature differences or rain, ensuring your belongings stay dry and protected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFast and Easy Assembly: No need to dig out the toolbox or call in a handyman! With NEW pipes connection method (a three or four way buckle connection) and more detailed clear instructions, the assembling process will be easier and smoother.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBroadly Applicable: Our outdoor storage shed is perfect for storing everything from motorcycles and bicycles to garden tools, lawn mowers, and even pool supplies and firewood. Plus, you can use it in a garden, backyard, patio, or other outdoor area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"Gray-8x14 ft","offer_id":51802696220978,"sku":"TYCWP8FTX14FTGJAMV0","price":208.54,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-tycwp8ftx14ftgjamv0-0.jpg?v=1789395002"},{"product_id":"vevor-tycw10ftx10ft480mv0","title":"VEVOR Compact Outdoor Shelter, 10x10x8.5 ft Durable Season-Long Storage Tent with Easy Access Zip Door and Airy Windows for Bikes, Motorcycles, and Garden Equipment","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVEVOR Compact Outdoor Shelter, 10x10x8.5 ft Durable Season-Long Storage Tent with Easy Access Zip Door and Airy Windows for Bikes, Motorcycles, and Garden Equipment\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTYCW10FTX10FT480MV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: Gray-10x10 ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShed Color: Gray; Assembled Product Size: 10 x 10 x 8. 5 ft \/ 304.8 x 304.8 x 259.1 cm; Tent Door Size: 8.2 x 7.1 x 6.1 ft \/ 250 x 215 x 187 cm; Frame Material: Galvanized Steel Pipe; Interior Volume: 695.7 ft³ \/ 19.7 m³; Net Weight: 83.1 lbs \/ 37.7 kg; Recommended Uses: Carport, Outdoor Storage; Shed Material: Double-sided Coating PE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eTYCW10FTX10FT480MV0 - Gray-10x10 ft\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTough Steel Metal Frame: This 10 x 10 x 8.5 ft portable storage shed, with 695.7 ft³ interior volume, is built like a fortress with galvanized steel pipe. With a thickness of 38mm and a 0.8mm wall thickness, it can keep the shed\/shelter safe!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpgraded TRIPLE-LAYER 240G Fabric Cover: VEVOR storage tent is made of double-coated PE material! With tear-resistant and fade-resistant properties, the storage sheds are sturdy enough. Plus, the 15 cm extended mopping cover provides extra stability when loading heavy objects, protecting your belongings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBetter Ventilation, Better Protection: The door of this portable garage shed can be closed or rolled up as you prefer, while the viewable window ensures maximum air circulation and natural light. This feature also prevents moisture and dew buildup due to temperature differences or rain, ensuring your belongings stay dry and protected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFast and Easy Assembly: No need to dig out the toolbox or call in a handyman! With NEW pipes connection method (a three or four way buckle connection) and more detailed clear instructions, the assembling process will be easier and smoother.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBroadly Applicable: Our outdoor storage shed is perfect for storing everything from motorcycles and bicycles to garden tools, lawn mowers, and even pool supplies and firewood. Plus, you can use it in a garden, backyard, patio, or other outdoor area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"Gray-10x10 ft","offer_id":51802697826610,"sku":"TYCW10FTX10FT480MV0","price":208.54,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-tycw10ftx10ft480mv0-0.jpg?v=1789395010"},{"product_id":"vevor-tycw10ftx15ftrdidv0","title":"VEVOR Weather-Resistant Storage Tent, 10x15x8ft Durable Instant Shelter Canopy for Vehicles \u0026 Equipment with Easy Access Zip Door and Airflow Windows, Ideal for Outdoor Use","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVEVOR Weather-Resistant Storage Tent, 10x15x8ft Durable Instant Shelter Canopy for Vehicles \u0026amp; Equipment with Easy Access Zip Door and Airflow Windows, Ideal for Outdoor Use\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTYCW10FTX15FTRDIDV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Size (Length x Width): 10 ft x 15 ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage Shed Color: Gray; Assembled Product Size: 10 x 15 x 8 ft \/ 304.8 x 457.2 x 243.8 cm; Tent Door Size: 8.2 x 7.2 x 6.23 ft \/ 250 x 218 x 190 cm; Frame Material: Galvanized Steel Pipe; Interior Volume: 1017.1 ft³ \/ 28.8 m³; Net Weight: 109.1 lbs \/ 49.5 kg; Recommended Uses: Carport, Outdoor Storage; Shed Material: Double-sided Coating PE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eTYCW10FTX15FTRDIDV0 - 10 ft x 15 ft\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTough Steel Metal Frame: This 10 x 15 x 8 ft portable storage shed, with 1017.1 ft³ interior volume, is built like a fortress with galvanized steel pipe. With a thickness of 38mm and a 0.8mm wall thickness, it can keep the shed\/shelter safe!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpgraded TRIPLE-LAYER 240G Fabric Cover: VEVOR storage tent is made of double-coated PE material! With tear-resistant and fade-resistant properties, the storage sheds are sturdy enough. Plus, the 15 cm extended mopping cover provides extra stability when loading heavy objects, protecting your belongings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBetter Ventilation, Better Protection: The door of this portable garage shed can be closed or rolled up as you prefer, while the viewable window ensures maximum air circulation and natural light. This feature also prevents moisture and dew buildup due to temperature differences or rain, ensuring your belongings stay dry and protected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFast and Easy Assembly: No need to dig out the toolbox or call in a handyman! With NEW pipes connection method (a three or four way buckle connection) and more detailed clear instructions, the assembling process will be easier and smoother.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBroadly Applicable: Our outdoor storage shed is perfect for storing everything from motorcycles and bicycles to garden tools, cars, lawn mowers, and even pool supplies and firewood. Plus, you can use it in a garden, backyard, patio, or other outdoor area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"10 ft x 15 ft","offer_id":51802698678578,"sku":"TYCW10FTX15FTRDIDV0","price":251.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-tycw10ftx15ftrdidv0-0.jpg?v=1789395018"},{"product_id":"vevor-qmgj800lbs480n5irv0","title":"VEVOR Garage Tool Organizer, 800 lbs Max Load Capacity, Wall Mount Yard Garden Storage Rack Organization Heavy Duty with 6 Adjustable Hooks and 3 Rails, for Garden Tools, Shovels,","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVEVOR Garage Tool Organizer, 800 lbs Max Load Capacity, Wall Mount Yard Garden Storage Rack Organization Heavy Duty with 6 Adjustable Hooks and 3 Rails, for Garden Tools, Shovels,\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQMGJ800LBS480N5IRV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Capacity: 800lbs; Hook type: Long hook\u0026amp;short hook\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Length: 48 in\/1222 mm; Item Model Number: RF-QJ035; Product Weight: 9.1 lbs\/4.125 kg; Total Load Capacity: 800 lbs; Material: Carbon Steel; Hook Length: 10 in\/254 mm; Product Size: 48.11 x 4.92 x 10.71 in\/1222 x 125 x 272 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eQMGJ800LBS480N5IRV0 - 800lbs; Long hook\u0026amp;short hook\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTidy \u0026amp; Classy Garage? Done: Our sleek black wall-mounted tool storage rack isn't just about looks. Made with sturdy carbon steel, it confidently supports up to 800 lbs. No more messy corners; let's spruce up that garage together!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStay Scratch-Free \u0026amp; Shine On: Love the gleam of new tools? Our shed storage rack's powder-coated finish and dip-coated hooks ensure your items stay as shiny as day one. Oh, and a little rain in the garden? No worries, it's got you covered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY Installation? Easy Peasy: Who said installing garage wall storage racks needs a team? Locate the screw holes on the wall with a level, grab your electric drill, pick a spot, and voila! Few steps, one person, and you're all set. You've got this!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix, Match \u0026amp; Customize: Bigger tool, smaller tool, or something in-between? Our adjustable garage hanging hooks clip right on, moving wherever you fancy. Plus, those bonus Velcro straps? Perfect for bundling up your ropes or hoses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne Rack, Many Possibilities: Imagine this – snowboards in the garage, rakes in the garden, power tools in the workshop. Place our tool hanger anywhere; hang almost anything. Create your fun space with our garage hanging storage rack anywhere!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"800lbs \/ Long hook\u0026short hook","offer_id":51809613578546,"sku":"QMGJ800LBS480N5IRV0","price":30.06,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-qmgj800lbs480n5irv0-0.jpg?v=1789446847"},{"product_id":"vevor-sdscj16inchp8j4djv0","title":"VEVOR Specialty Garden Tools - Select Your Configuration","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the exact VEVOR configuration listed below. Specifications and package contents are recorded per SKU.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDSCJ16INCHP8J4DJV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 16  inch-Manual Pot Shape-OVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFunction: Manual; Item Model Number: TM16-S-W; Dimensions: 15.5'' x 15'' x 14.8'' \/ 395 x 380 x 378 mm; Material: Stainless Steel, PET, Aluminum Alloy; Speed Ratio: 1:24; Weight: 14.1 lbs \/ 6.4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDKSCJ24YCSDM4MOH001V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 24 inch-Manual Bowl Shape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBowl Material: 201 Stainless Steel; Blade Fingers: 5 x 4 + 4 x 4; Lid Material: PET; Item Model Number: V-BT-PS-24; Item Dimensions: 23.6 × 23.6 × 21.1 in \/ 600 × 600 × 535 mm; Weight: 18.1 lbs \/ 8.2 kg; Handle: 145° Aluminum Handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDKSCJ12YCSDEULO7001V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 12 inch-Manual Pot Shape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBowl Material: 201 Stainless Steel; Blade Fingers: 4 × 3; Lid Material: PET; Item Model Number: V-BT-TS-12; Item Dimensions: 13.8 × 13.8 × 12.4 in \/ 350 × 350 × 315 mm; Weight: 7.9 lbs \/ 3.6 kg; Handle: 145° Aluminum Handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDKSCJ16YCSDQGTX3001V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 16 inch-Manual Pot Shape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBowl Material: 201 Stainless Steel; Blade Fingers: 4 × 3 + 3 × 3; Lid Material: PET; Item Model Number: V-BT-TS-16; Item Dimensions: 16.3 × 16.3 × 14.8 in \/ 415 × 415 × 375 mm; Weight: 15 lbs \/ 6.8 kg; Handle: 145° Aluminum Handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDKSCJ13YCSDM3MZQ001V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 13 inch-Manual Bowl Shape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBowl Material: 201 Stainless Steel; Blade Fingers: 4 × 3; Lid Material: PET; Item Model Number: V-BT-PS-13; Item Dimensions: 13 × 13 × 14.6 in \/ 330 × 330 × 370 mm; Weight: 5.73 lbs \/ 2.6 kg; Handle: 145° Aluminum Handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDKSCJ16YCSD0KBWD001V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 16 inch-Manual Bowl Shape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBowl Material: 201 Stainless Steel; Blade Fingers: 3 x 3+3 x 4; Lid Material: PET; Item Model Number: V-BT-PS-16; Item Dimensions: 16.5 × 16.5 × 15.3 in \/ 420 × 420 × 389 mm; Weight: 10.4 lbs \/ 4.7 kg; Handle: 145° Aluminum Handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDDKSCJ16YCDD14IYX001V5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 16 inch-Electric with stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFunction: Stepless Speed Regulation; Speed: 1050 r\/min ±10%; Bowl Material: 201 Stainless Steel; Blade Fingers: 4 × 3 + 3 × 3; Lid Material: PET; Item Model Number: V-BT-ZD-16-US; Item Dimensions: 19.7 × 18.9 × 23 in \/ 500 × 480 × 585 mm; Power: 8W; Weight: 22 lbs \/ 10 kg; Handle: 145° Aluminum Handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDDKSCJ18YCDD426HA001V5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 18 inch-Electric with stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFunction: Stepless Speed Adjustment; Speed: 1250 r\/min ±10%; Bowl Material: 201 Stainless Steel; Blade Fingers: 5 × 3 + 4 × 3; Lid Material: No Lid; Item Model Number: V-ST-FD-18-US; Item Dimensions: 22.8 × 18.3 × 37.4 in \/ 580 × 465 × 950 mm; Power: 135W; Weight: 21.6 lbs \/ 9.8 kg; Handle: None\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDDKSCJ16YCDDCMDD0001V5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 16 inch-Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFunction: Stepless Speed Regulation; Speed: 1050 r\/min ±10%; Bowl Material: 201 Stainless Steel; Blade Fingers: 4 × 3 + 3 × 3; Lid Material: PET; Item Model Number: V-BT-TD-16-US; Item Dimensions: 17.1 × 16.7 × 16.7 in \/ 435 × 425 × 425 mm; Power: 8W; Weight: 19.8 lbs \/ 9 kg; Handle: 145° Aluminum Handle (Compatible with Flashlight)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDKSCJ19YCSDLYB2M001V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize: 19  inch-Manual Bowl Shape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBowl Material: 201 Stainless Steel; Blade Fingers: 3 × 3 + 4 × 4; Lid Material: PET; Item Model Number: V-BT-PS-19; Item Dimensions: 18.9 × 18.9 × 17.8 in \/ 480 × 480 × 453 mm; Weight: 11 lbs \/ 5 kg; Handle: 145° Aluminum Handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eSDSCJ16INCHP8J4DJV0 - Size: 16  inch-Manual Pot Shape-OVC\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEffortless Manual Control: Enjoy full manual control of the trimming process for precise and personalized trimming results. The ergonomic handle angle provides a comfortable operating position and grip, reducing fatigue and strain during long trimming sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVisible Operation: With the clear lid of our manual bud trimmer, you can see the trimming in action from the front row. Watch your buds change before your eyes. The 16'' stainless steel container is convenient to clean up in time and provide a clean and non-stick pruning surface, while the rubber pad ensures stability, keeping the trimmer securely in place for flawless trims.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWet \u0026amp; Dry Trimming: The bud trimmer machine is designed with two grates for both wet and dry trimming. Insert the dry trimming grate on the top of the center grate for dry trimming, and remove the dry trimming grate for wet trimming. The sharp cutting blade is also adjustable to meet your needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGentle Trimming: No more worrying about damage to your flower buds. Harness the power of 30 scissors in 1 cutter to provide a gentle touch and trim your buds, preserving potency, flavor and visual appeal. It delicately removes excess foliage while retaining trichomes and preserving the structural integrity of the buds. Treat your harvest with care.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile Use: We also provide a hand pruner for your convenient use, allowing for pre-pruning of large leaves to ensure smooth operation. Our leaf trimmer used to remove protruding leaves and roots is essential in making hash, oils, aromatherapy products, and potpourris.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eSDKSCJ24YCSDM4MOH001V0 - Size: 24 inch-Manual Bowl Shape\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEfficient Leaf Trimming: This 24\" manual bud trimmer features a powerful variable-speed motor and multiple blade options for fast, effective trimming. It trim various plants' leaves and minimizes damage to buds. The transparent acrylic lid allows real-time visibility for precise trimming results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic Comfort: Designed with a 145° angled aluminum handle and anti-slip silicone pads, this bud leaf bowl trimmer offers a stable, ergonomic grip—ensuring comfort and control even during long sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvenient Top-Loading System : The sturdy upper frame securely holds the bud leaf bowl trimmer in place, while the hinged top lid opens easily for continuous feeding—keeping your workflow smooth and uninterrupted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable \u0026amp; Easy to Maintain: Built for quick disassembly and cleaning, the sharp stainless steel blades ensure fast, clean cuts, saving time and effort. The adjustable and replaceable blades suit various trimming needs. Food-grade silicone fingers are odor-free, helping maintain bud quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWide Application: This wet dry hydroponic cutting machine is ideal for trimming leaves and stems from hydroponic plants and flowers. Also great for de-budding and grinding material for essential oil extraction and aromatherapy use. Easy to operate and maintain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eSDKSCJ12YCSDEULO7001V0 - Size: 12 inch-Manual Pot Shape\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEfficient Leaf Trimming: This 12\" manual leaf trimmer features multiple blade types, allowing efficient trimming across various plant types while minimizing damage to buds. The transparent acrylic lid offers full visibility for precise trimming results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic Design for Comfort: Built for long sessions, the bud leaf trimmer features a 145° aluminum handle and non-slip silicone pads, ensuring a comfortable, stable grip and fatigue-free trimming experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop-Loading Stand with Lid: The sturdy top-loading stand holds the wet \u0026amp; dry hydroponic cutting machine securely in place. The hinged lid opens smoothly, letting you add plant material without disrupting your workflow—ideal for continuous trimming sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable \u0026amp; Easy-to-Maintain: Designed for fast disassembly and cleaning, the sharp stainless steel blades deliver clean, efficient cuts with less effort. Adjustable and replaceable blades meet different trimming needs. Food-grade silicone fingers are odor-free and gentle on your harvest, maintaining product quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile Use: This bud leaf bowl trimmer is ideal for trimming leaves and stems from hydroponic plants, flowers, and herbs. Also suitable for de-budding and prepping botanical materials for essential oil extraction or aromatherapy. Simple to use and easy to maintain—ideal for both home growers and professionals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eSDKSCJ16YCSDQGTX3001V0 - Size: 16 inch-Manual Pot Shape\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEfficient Leaf Trimming: This 16\" manual leaf trimmer features multiple blade types, allowing efficient trimming across various plant types while minimizing damage to buds. The transparent acrylic lid offers full visibility for precise trimming results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic Design for Comfort: Built for long sessions, the bud leaf trimmer features a 145° aluminum handle and non-slip silicone pads, ensuring a comfortable, stable grip and fatigue-free trimming experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop-Loading Stand with Lid: The sturdy top-loading stand holds the wet \u0026amp; dry hydroponic cutting machine securely in place. The hinged lid opens smoothly, letting you add plant material without disrupting your workflow—ideal for continuous trimming sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable \u0026amp; Easy-to-Maintain: Designed for fast disassembly and cleaning, the sharp stainless steel blades deliver clean, efficient cuts with less effort. Adjustable and replaceable blades meet different trimming needs. Food-grade silicone fingers are odor-free and gentle on your harvest, maintaining product quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile Use: This bud leaf bowl trimmer is ideal for trimming leaves and stems from hydroponic plants, flowers, and herbs. Also suitable for de-budding and prepping botanical materials for essential oil extraction or aromatherapy. Simple to use and easy to maintain—ideal for both home growers and professionals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eSDKSCJ13YCSDM3MZQ001V0 - Size: 13 inch-Manual Bowl Shape\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEfficient Leaf Trimming: This 13\" manual bud trimmer features a powerful variable-speed motor and multiple blade options for fast, effective trimming. It trim various plants' leaves and minimizes damage to buds. The transparent acrylic lid allows real-time visibility for precise trimming results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic Comfort: Designed with a 145° angled aluminum handle and anti-slip silicone pads, this bud leaf bowl trimmer offers a stable, ergonomic grip—ensuring comfort and control even during long sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvenient Top-Loading System : The sturdy upper frame securely holds the bud leaf bowl trimmer in place, while the hinged top lid opens easily for continuous feeding—keeping your workflow smooth and uninterrupted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable \u0026amp; Easy to Maintain: Built for quick disassembly and cleaning, the sharp stainless steel blades ensure fast, clean cuts, saving time and effort. The adjustable and replaceable blades suit various trimming needs. Food-grade silicone fingers are odor-free, helping maintain bud quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWide Application: This wet dry hydroponic cutting machine is ideal for trimming leaves and stems from hydroponic plants and flowers. Also great for de-budding and grinding material for essential oil extraction and aromatherapy use. Easy to operate and maintain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eSDKSCJ16YCSD0KBWD001V0 - Size: 16 inch-Manual Bowl Shape\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEfficient Leaf Trimming: This 16\" manual bud trimmer features a powerful variable-speed motor and multiple blade options for fast, effective trimming. It trim various plants' leaves and minimizes damage to buds. The transparent acrylic lid allows real-time visibility for precise trimming results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic Comfort: Designed with a 145° angled aluminum handle and anti-slip silicone pads, this bud leaf bowl trimmer offers a stable, ergonomic grip—ensuring comfort and control even during long sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvenient Top-Loading System : The sturdy upper frame securely holds the bud leaf bowl trimmer in place, while the hinged top lid opens easily for continuous feeding—keeping your workflow smooth and uninterrupted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable \u0026amp; Easy to Maintain: Built for quick disassembly and cleaning, the sharp stainless steel blades ensure fast, clean cuts, saving time and effort. The adjustable and replaceable blades suit various trimming needs. Food-grade silicone fingers are odor-free, helping maintain bud quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWide Application: This wet dry hydroponic cutting machine is ideal for trimming leaves and stems from hydroponic plants and flowers. Also great for de-budding and grinding material for essential oil extraction and aromatherapy use. Easy to operate and maintain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDDKSCJ16YCDD14IYX001V5 - Size: 16 inch-Electric with stand\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWet \u0026amp; Dry Trimming Dual-Use: This electric bud trimmer includes a removable dry trimming grate, allowing you to easily switch between wet and dry modes. Remove the grate for wet leaves, or insert it with the sharp blades for dry leaves. The dual-mode system delivers efficient and comprehensive trimming across various plant types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-Saving \u0026amp; High-Efficiency: Powered by a high-performance brushless motor with stepless speed adjustment, this electric leaf trimmer lets you fine-tune the speed to match different trimming needs. Durable steel blades ensure precise cuts while minimizing plant damage, increasing productivity and trim quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore Covenient Trimming: Blade height can be adjusted for different plant types. A clear acrylic lid provides visibility of the process, while food-grade silicone sweepers gently protect buds and reduce residue. The stainless steel bowl and support base make it easy to collect trimmed material, keeping your workspace clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2-in-1 Manual \u0026amp; Electric Operation: Our bud trimmer machine supports manual and electric operation. Featuring an ergonomic non-slip handle, it makes operation effortless. It is ideal for working in areas without power for enhanced flexibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy \u0026amp; Durable: Crafted with a high-strength metal body, our electric bud trimming machine resists deformation and damage. A stable metal support frame ensures the machine stays steady during use. The built-in steel blades handle variouis plant types with ease—ideal for trimming large volumes quickly and efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDDKSCJ18YCDD426HA001V5 - Size: 18 inch-Electric with stand\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-Efficiency Trimming: Powered by a high-performance motor, this electric bud trimmer features adjustable speed settings. Paired with sharp, durable steel blades, it suit various plant types and trimming needs. Choose trimming speed to ensures precise cuts while minimizing plant damage—boosting both trimming efficiency and quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable \u0026amp; Sturdy: Built with a heavy-duty metal housing, the bud leaf trimmer resists deformation and wear. The stainless steel legs are reinforced with rubber feet for enhanced grip and stability, preventing the machine from shifting or sliding during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEffortless Bud Collection: Our electric bud leaf trimmer trim and collect buds at the same time to maximize productivity. The tiltable drum design allows you to easily empty leftover material by loosening the bolts—no bending or heavy lifting required, reducing strain on your back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGentle Trimming: The electric bud trimming machine features soft, food-grade silicone sweepers that reduce plant damage and residue buildup. These gentle fingers protect bud integrity and ensure a cleaner, more effective trimming process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded Pruner \u0026amp; Scissors: This set includes a pruner and trimming scissors—no need to purchase tools separately. Both feature anti-slip handles for a secure grip and are designed for extended use without fatigue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDDKSCJ16YCDDCMDD0001V5 - Size: 16 inch-Electric\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWet \u0026amp; Dry Trimming Dual-Use: This electric bud trimmer includes a removable dry trimming grate, allowing you to easily switch between wet and dry modes. Remove the grate for wet leaves, or insert it with the sharp blades for dry leaves. The dual-mode system delivers efficient and comprehensive trimming across various plant types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-Saving \u0026amp; High-Efficiency: Powered by a high-performance brushless motor with stepless speed adjustment, this electric leaf trimmer lets you fine-tune the speed to match different trimming needs. Durable steel blades ensure precise cuts while minimizing plant damage, increasing productivity and trim quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore Covenient Trimming: Blade height can be adjusted for different plant types. A clear acrylic lid provides visibility of the process, while food-grade silicone sweepers gently protect buds and reduce residue. The stainless steel bowl and support base make it easy to collect trimmed material, keeping your workspace clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2-in-1 Manual \u0026amp; Electric Operation: Our bud trimmer machine supports manual and electric operation. Featuring an ergonomic non-slip handle, it makes operation effortless. It is ideal for working in areas without power for enhanced flexibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy \u0026amp; Durable: Crafted with a high-strength metal body, our electric bud trimming machine resists deformation and damage. A stable metal support frame ensures the machine stays steady during use. The built-in steel blades handle variouis plant types with ease—ideal for trimming large volumes quickly and efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eSDKSCJ19YCSDLYB2M001V0 - Size: 19  inch-Manual Bowl Shape\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEfficient Leaf Trimming: This 19\" manual bud trimmer features a powerful variable-speed motor and multiple blade options for fast, effective trimming. It trim various plants' leaves and minimizes damage to buds. The transparent acrylic lid allows real-time visibility for precise trimming results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic Comfort: Designed with a 145° angled aluminum handle and anti-slip silicone pads, this bud leaf bowl trimmer offers a stable, ergonomic grip—ensuring comfort and control even during long sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvenient Top-Loading System : The sturdy upper frame securely holds the bud leaf bowl trimmer in place, while the hinged top lid opens easily for continuous feeding—keeping your workflow smooth and uninterrupted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable \u0026amp; Easy to Maintain: Built for quick disassembly and cleaning, the sharp stainless steel blades ensure fast, clean cuts, saving time and effort. The adjustable and replaceable blades suit various trimming needs. Food-grade silicone fingers are odor-free, helping maintain bud quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWide Application: This wet dry hydroponic cutting machine is ideal for trimming leaves and stems from hydroponic plants and flowers. Also great for de-budding and grinding material for essential oil extraction and aromatherapy use. Easy to operate and maintain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"16  inch-Manual Pot Shape-OVC","offer_id":51809613709618,"sku":"SDSCJ16INCHP8J4DJV0","price":157.24,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"24 inch-Manual Bowl Shape","offer_id":51809613742386,"sku":"SDKSCJ24YCSDM4MOH001V0","price":184.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12 inch-Manual Pot Shape","offer_id":51809613775154,"sku":"SDKSCJ12YCSDEULO7001V0","price":90.11,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16 inch-Manual Pot Shape","offer_id":51809613807922,"sku":"SDKSCJ16YCSDQGTX3001V0","price":135.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"13 inch-Manual Bowl Shape","offer_id":51809613840690,"sku":"SDKSCJ13YCSDM3MZQ001V0","price":73.62,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16 inch-Manual Bowl Shape","offer_id":51809613873458,"sku":"SDKSCJ16YCSD0KBWD001V0","price":88.17,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16 inch-Electric with stand","offer_id":51809613906226,"sku":"DDKSCJ16YCDD14IYX001V5","price":188.08,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"18 inch-Electric with stand","offer_id":51809613938994,"sku":"DDKSCJ18YCDD426HA001V5","price":290.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16 inch-Electric","offer_id":51809613971762,"sku":"DDKSCJ16YCDDCMDD0001V5","price":174.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"19  inch-Manual Bowl Shape","offer_id":51809614004530,"sku":"SDKSCJ19YCSDLYB2M001V0","price":113.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-sdscj16inchp8j4djv0-0.jpg?v=1789446853"},{"product_id":"vevor-blkzdcwwl32ibtpwqv0","title":"VEVOR Foldable Pet Playpen, 32'' x 24'' x 22'' Portable Dog Playpen, Crate Kennel for Puppy, Dog, Cat, Waterproof 600D Oxford Cloth, Removable Zipper, for Indoor Outdoor Travel","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVEVOR Foldable Pet Playpen, 32'' x 24'' x 22'' Portable Dog Playpen, Crate Kennel for Puppy, Dog, Cat, Waterproof 600D Oxford Cloth, Removable Zipper, for Indoor Outdoor Travel\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBLKZDCWWL32IBTPWQV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitle: Default Title\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShape: Rectangle; Item Model Number: SX5012; Folding Bowl(Dia.xH): 13 x 5 cm\/5.12 x 1.97 in; Net Weight: 1.7 kg\/3.75 lbs; Main Material: 600D Oxford Fabric; Product Size: 32 x 24 x 22 in\/812 x 609 x 558 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eBLKZDCWWL32IBTPWQV0 - Default Title\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoldable and Portable: Our portable dog playpen requires no assembly, making it convenient to set up and take down. The soft fabric is reinforced with elastic iron wire and support rods, ensuring durability and comfort. Suitable for cats, dogs, and various other animals. It is not only perfect for home use but also ideal for travel and camping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEight-sided Breathability: Our pet playpen provides excellent ventilation and insect protection, making it suitable for all seasons. With 8 mesh panels, a mesh sunshade, and breathable mesh curtains, the 360-degree open mesh design allows clear visibility of the surroundings, ensuring proper airflow and easy monitoring of your pets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight and Spacious: Made from soft and flexible materials, our dog playpen is lightweight and easy to fold. With its generous interior space, it serves multiple purposes, such as a pet birthing room, outdoor tent, or pet isolation area. Available in various sizes, it provides ample room for your pets to play and fun.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable and Waterproof: Crafted with thick 600D Oxford fabric and 230D nylon, our high-density cat playpen is highly durable and water-resistant. Any water droplets can be easily wiped clean. The double stitching ensures the fabric's integrity, while the lockable zipper prevents your active pets from escaping. Additionally, the storage pockets are convenient for all your pet essentials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to Clean: Maintaining our puppy playpen is a breeze! Simply rinse it for quick cleaning. The waterproof fabric allows for easy removal of stains, ensuring hassle-free maintenance after each use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51809750057266,"sku":"BLKZDCWWL32IBTPWQV0","price":29.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-blkzdcwwl32ibtpwqv0-0.jpg?v=1789446969"},{"product_id":"vevor-hwzdczlb66lbsxrpxv0","title":"VEVOR Folding Camping Table, Outdoor Portable Side Tables, Lightweight Fold Up Table, Aluminum Ultra Compact Work Table with Carry Bag, For Cooking, Beach, Picnic, Travel, 24x16 inch, Silver","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the exact VEVOR configuration listed below. Specifications and package contents are recorded per SKU.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHWZDCZLB66LBSXRPXV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitle: Default Title\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight (Including All Accessories): 2.75 kg \/ 6 Lbs; Item Model Number: AP-SS-003; Product Dimension(LxWxH): 705x700x700 mm \/ 27.8x27.6x27.6 inch; Material: Aluminum Alloy Tabletop \u0026amp; Steel Pipe,Load Capacity：30 kg \/ 66 Lbs:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHWZDCZLB66LBSXRPXV0 - Title: Default Title\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e66Lb Excellent Load Capacity: Outstanding weight-bearing capacity, capable of supporting up to 66 pounds. With its 4 major reinforcement designs, it remains stable and sturdy during use, providing you with a reliable experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 lb lightweight travel: When it's time to travel, effortlessly lift with one hand, fold and store in just 4 steps. Equipped with a storage bag for convenient storage of components, it has a compact size that doesn't take up trunk space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminum Alloy Stain-Resistant Panel: Confronting the challenges of complex outdoor environments, it is waterproof, fireproof, and resistant to abrasion. A simple wipe is all it takes to keep the tabletop clean and fresh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStable Placement: Whether it's potholed mud, beach sand, mountain rocks, or soft lawns, the four comprehensive designs can stabilize the placement without worrying about the table tipping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWide Range of Applications: The VEVOR folding table is an ideal choice for multi-purpose use. Whether it's outdoor camping, picnics, barbecues, adult workspaces, or children's learning areas, it enables you to enjoy a diverse range of experiences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51809811857714,"sku":"HWZDCZLB66LBSXRPXV0","price":37.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-hwzdczlb66lbsxrpxv0-0.jpg?v=1789447021"},{"product_id":"vevor-hytcwgk15cuftpb5gv0","title":"VEVOR Garden Trailers - Select Your Configuration","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the exact VEVOR configuration listed below. Specifications and package contents are recorded per SKU.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHYTCWGK15CUFTPB5GV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Capacity: 1500 lbs; Capacity: 15cu.ft; Material: Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel Size: 16\"×8-7\"\/406.4×203.2mm; Weight Capacity: 1500 lbs \/ 680 kg; Capacity: 15 cu.ft; Color: Black+Red; Item Model Number: TC4268; Net Weight: 112.4 lbs \/ 51 kg; Main Material: Q195 Steel; Product Size: 78.7\" x 26\" x 29.9\" \/ 200 x 66 x 76 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHYTCTPK12CUFTVB4CV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Capacity: 750 lbs; Capacity: 15cu.ft; Material: Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel Size: 16\" x 4\" \/ 40.6 x 10.2 cm; Weight Capacity: 750 lbs \/ 340 kg; Capacity: 12 cu.ft; Color: Black; Item Model Number: BTC002C; Net Weight: 97.0 lbs \/ 44 kg; Main Material: Iron; Product Size: 78.7\" x 26\" x 29.9\" \/ 200 x 66 x 76 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHYTCHCWGK22CKNARP001V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Capacity: 1600 lbs; Capacity: 22cu.ft; Material: Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel Size: 16\" × 8\" \/ 40.64 × 20.32 cm; Weight Capacity: 1600 lbs \/ 725.75 kg; Capacity: 22 cu.ft; Item Model Number: TC4278; Net Weight: 118.05 lbs \/ 53.5 kg; Product Size: 87.01×28.94×32.87 inch \/ 221×73.5×83.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHYTCHCWGK28C4MJ2B001V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Capacity: 1765 lbs; Capacity: 28cu.ft; Material: Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel Size: 18\" × 9.5\" \/ 45.72 × 24.13 cm; Weight Capacity: 1800 lbs \/ 800.59 kg; Capacity: 28 cu.ft; Item Model Number: TC4288; Net Weight: 148.81 lbs \/ 67.5 kg; Product Size: 87.01×31.89×37.01 inch \/ 221 ×81 ×94 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHYTCHSTPK17CFT3NV001V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Capacity: 600 lbs; Capacity: 17cu.ft; Material: Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel Size: 16\" × 4\" \/ 40.64 × 10.16 cm; Weight Capacity: 600 lbs \/ 272.16 kg; Capacity: 17 cu.ft; Item Model Number: BTC002E; Net Weight: 99.21 lbs \/ 45 kg; Product Size: 66.54×29.92×30.71 inch \/ 169 ×76×78 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHYTCHSSL10CUFU8JW001V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Capacity: 500 lbs; Capacity: 10cu.ft; Material: Plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel Size: 16\" × 4\" \/ 40.64 × 10.16 cm; Weight Capacity: 500 lbs \/ 226.80 kg; Capacity: 10 cu.ft; Item Model Number: BTC-001D; Net Weight: 59.52 lbs \/ 27 kg; Product Size: 56.69×22.64×27.17 inch \/ 144 ×57.5 ×69 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHYTCHSTPK10CJT946001V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Capacity: 500 lbs; Capacity: 10cu.ft; Material: Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel Size: 14\" × 3.5\" \/ 35.56 × 8.89 cm; Weight Capacity: 500 lbs \/ 226.79 kg; Capacity: 10 cu.ft; Item Model Number: BTC002D; Net Weight: 85.98 lbs \/ 39 kg; Product Size: 55.91×29.92×27.56 inch \/ 142×76×70 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHYTCWGK15CUFTPB5GV0 - Load Capacity: 1500 lbs; Capacity: 15cu.ft; Material: Steel\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvenient Universal Connection: Embrace the effortless compatibility of our tow behind dump cart. No need for special tools - just connect the cart to your existing tractors, lawnmowers, ATV, UTV, and more. Turn your yard hauling work into a breeze.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEfficient Hauling Assistant: Unlike most dump trailers, this metal trailer can carry up to 1500 pounds of items. The thickness of the pipe wall is increased to 0.07\", the trailer rod is thickened to 2\" x 2\", and the side rod is reinforced to 1\" x 1\". This improves the overall load-bearing capacity while effectively preventing deformation and pipe breakage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh Capacity Trailer: Our ATV dump cart has added railings on four sides and can hold 15 cubic feet of yard waste. Collect more wood, soil, or garbage at once, reducing the need for frequent trips. Handle your yard work in one fell swoop with our high-capacity trailer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Dumping: Say goodbye to the strain of manual handling. Our garden ATV trailer boasts a user-friendly dump feature, allowing you to clear debris swiftly with a simple hand-pull or foot-step and a quick opening of the rear gate. Make your yard work less work and more comfortable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExceptional Comfort and Durability: The 16\" x 8-7\" pneumatic tires provide excellent shock absorption, ensuring easy maneuverability over rough terrains. The frame has been reinforced with an additional coating, making it more robust, rust-proof and durable for long-lasting outdoor use. Experience effortless hauling with our trailer - your ultimate yard work companion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHYTCTPK12CUFTVB4CV0 - Load Capacity: 750 lbs; Capacity: 15cu.ft; Material: Steel\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvenient Universal Connection: Embrace the effortless compatibility of our tow behind dump cart. No need for special tools - just connect the cart to your existing tractors, lawnmowers, ATV, UTV, and more. Turn your yard hauling work into a breeze.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEfficient Hauling Assistant: Unlike most dump trailers, this metal trailer can carry up to 750 pounds of items. The thickness of the side plates is increased to 0.04\", and the side reinforcement is doubly secured. This improves the overall load-bearing capacity while effectively preventing deformation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh Capacity Trailer: Our ATV dump cart has added railings on three sides and can hold 12 cubic feet of yard waste. Collect more wood, soil, or garbage at once, reducing the need for frequent trips. Handle your yard work in one fell swoop with our high-capacity trailer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Dumping: Say goodbye to the strain of manual handling. Our garden ATV trailer boasts a user-friendly dump feature, allowing you to clear debris swiftly with a simple hand-pull or foot-step and a quick opening of the rear gate. Make your yard work less work and more comfortable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExceptional Comfort and Durability: The 16\" x 4\" pneumatic tires provide excellent shock absorption, ensuring easy maneuverability over rough terrains. The frame has been reinforced with an additional coating, making it more robust, rust-proof and durable for long-lasting outdoor use. Experience effortless hauling with our trailer - your ultimate yard work companion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHYTCHCWGK22CKNARP001V0 - Load Capacity: 1600 lbs; Capacity: 22cu.ft; Material: Steel\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniversal Compatibility: With a 0.47\"\/12mm pin and two pin holes, this atv trailer easily connects to tractors, ATVs, UTVs, and lawnmowers, offering an ideal hauling solution to boost efficiency and reduce operation time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEfficient Hauling Helper: This yard trailer carries up to 1,600 lbs. Reinforced hitch and side rails enhance weight capacity and prevent deformation, ensuring durability during heavy-duty tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge Capacity Trailer: The utility trailer holds 22 cubic feet of yard waste, allowing you to collect more wood, dirt, and debris at once without frequent dumping, making yard work faster and easier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand or Foot Control: Choose between hand-pull or foot-pedal dumping. Hand-pull is for precise tasks, while foot-pedal is ideal for quick, bulk unloading, reducing strain and improving efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdaptable to Rough Terrain: With 16\"×8\" pneumatic tires, the atv trailer provide excellent traction on grass, mud, and gravel. Combined with a reinforced axle, the garden trailer ensures smooth operation on uneven surfaces, offering durability and long-lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHYTCHCWGK28C4MJ2B001V0 - Load Capacity: 1765 lbs; Capacity: 28cu.ft; Material: Steel\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniversal Compatibility: This garden trailer features a 0.47\"\/12mm pin and two pin holes, making it compatible with various equipment such as tractors, ATVs, UTVs, and lawnmowers. It easily connects, boosting efficiency and reducing operation time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEfficient Hauling Helper: Unlike most yard trailers, this atv trailer carries up to 1,800 lbs. The 50*50mm thickened hitch and 25×25mm side rails enhance capacity, prevent deformation, and reduce pipe breakage, ensuring long-lasting durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge Capacity Trailer: With three sides reinforced by guardrails, this utility trailer for lawn mower holds 28 cubic feet of yard waste, allowing you to collect more wood, dirt, and debris in one go without frequent dumping, making yard work faster and easier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand or Foot Control: Equipped with both hand-pull and foot-pedal dumping options, users can choose based on the task. Hand-pull is great for precise tasks, while foot-pedal is ideal for quick bulk unloading, reducing strain and boosting efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdaptable to Rough Terrain: Featuring 18\"×9.5\" pneumatic tires, this steel garden cart provides excellent traction on grass, mud, sand, and gravel. The inflatable tires, combined with a reinforced powder-coated axle, ensure smooth movement on uneven surfaces, offering durability and reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHYTCHSTPK17CFT3NV001V0 - Load Capacity: 600 lbs; Capacity: 17cu.ft; Material: Steel\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniversal Compatibility: Featuring a 0.47\"\/12mm pin, this garden trailer is compatible with various equipment, including tractors, ATVs, UTVs, and lawnmowers. It easily connects, providing an ideal hauling solution to enhance efficiency and reduce operation time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy Build: Unlike most yard trailers, this one features 1mm thick side panels and reinforced ribs for added strength. The bottom is supported by 8 reinforcement ribs, improving overall load capacity and preventing deformation. The upgraded hammer-tone paint finish ensures better adhesion and durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEfficient Hauling Assistant: With a 600lbs weight capacity and 17 cubic feet of space, this atv trailer handles garden waste and heavy materials like soil, branches, and fertilizer with ease. The three-sided guardrail design enhances storage space, reducing multiple trips and improving work efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand or Foot Control: Equipped with both hand-pull and foot-pedal dumping modes, users can choose the most convenient option. Hand-pull is ideal for precise unloading, while foot-pedal is ideal for quick bulk unloading, saving time and energy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdaptable to Rough Terrain: Featuring 16\"×4\" large pneumatic tires, this utility trailer for lawnmower offers excellent traction and strength. It ensures smooth movement across uneven surfaces like grass, mud, sand, and gravel, with a thickened powder-coated axle for durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHYTCHSSL10CUFU8JW001V0 - Load Capacity: 500 lbs; Capacity: 10cu.ft; Material: Plastic\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniversal Compatibility: This garden trailer features a 0.47\"\/12mm pin, compatible with various vehicles including tractors, ATVs, UTVs, and lawnmowers. It easily connects, offering an ideal hauling solution to enhance efficiency and reduce operation time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable and Sturdy: The yard trailer with seamless, molded PP hopper adds thickness and prevents rust and damage, ensuring long-term durability. It withstands exposure to sun and moisture, is easy to clean, and prevents dirt buildup, reducing maintenance concerns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e500lbs Capacity: With a 500lbs weight capacity and 10 cubic feet of space, this utility trailer for lawnmower easily handles garden waste and heavy items like soil, branches, and fertilizer. The three-sided guardrail design enhances storage space, reducing the need for multiple trips and improving efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand or Foot Control: Equipped with both hand-pull and foot-pedal dumping options, users can choose based on their needs. Hand-pull is ideal for precise unloading, while foot-pedal is ideal for quick bulk unloading, reducing physical strain and improving work efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdaptable to Rough Terrain: The atv trailer comes with 16\"×4\" large pneumatic tires that provide excellent traction and strength, ensuring smooth movement on uneven surfaces like grass, mud, sand, and gravel. The inflatable tires, combined with a reinforced powder-coated axle, offer durability and reliable performance on complex terrains.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHYTCHSTPK10CJT946001V0 - Load Capacity: 500 lbs; Capacity: 10cu.ft; Material: Steel\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniversal Compatibility: Featuring a 0.47\"\/12mm pin, this garden trailer is compatible with various equipment, including tractors, ATVs, UTVs, and lawnmowers. It easily connects, providing an ideal hauling solution to enhance efficiency and reduce operation time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy Build: Unlike most yard trailers, this one features 1mm thick side panels and reinforced ribs for added strength. The bottom is supported by 8 reinforcement ribs, improving overall load capacity and preventing deformation. The upgraded hammer-tone paint finish ensures better adhesion and durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEfficient Hauling Assistant: With a 500lbs weight capacity and 10 cubic feet of space, this atv trailer handles garden waste and heavy materials like soil, branches, and fertilizer with ease. The three-sided guardrail design enhances storage space, reducing multiple trips and improving work efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand or Foot Control: Equipped with both hand-pull and foot-pedal dumping modes, users can choose the most convenient option. Hand-pull is ideal for precise unloading, while foot-pedal is ideal for quick bulk unloading, saving time and energy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdaptable to Rough Terrain: Featuring 14\"×3.5\" large pneumatic tires, this utility trailer for lawnmower offers excellent traction and strength. It ensures smooth movement across uneven surfaces like grass, mud, sand, and gravel, with a thickened powder-coated axle for durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"1500 lbs \/ 15cu.ft \/ Steel","offer_id":51809821819186,"sku":"HYTCWGK15CUFTPB5GV0","price":276.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"750 lbs \/ 15cu.ft \/ Steel","offer_id":51809821851954,"sku":"HYTCTPK12CUFTVB4CV0","price":232.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1600 lbs \/ 22cu.ft \/ Steel","offer_id":51809821884722,"sku":"HYTCHCWGK22CKNARP001V0","price":320.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1765 lbs \/ 28cu.ft \/ Steel","offer_id":51809821917490,"sku":"HYTCHCWGK28C4MJ2B001V0","price":529.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"600 lbs \/ 17cu.ft \/ Steel","offer_id":51809821950258,"sku":"HYTCHSTPK17CFT3NV001V0","price":232.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"500 lbs \/ 10cu.ft \/ Plastic","offer_id":51809821983026,"sku":"HYTCHSSL10CUFU8JW001V0","price":198.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"500 lbs \/ 10cu.ft \/ Steel","offer_id":51809822015794,"sku":"HYTCHSTPK10CJT946001V0","price":193.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-hytcwgk15cuftpb5gv0-0.jpg?v=1789447029"},{"product_id":"vevor-jgdbyq600w12vidpfv1","title":"VEVOR Outdoor Lighting Accessories - Select Your Configuration","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the exact VEVOR configuration listed below. Specifications and package contents are recorded per SKU.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJGDBYQ600W12VIDPFV1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower: 600W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCasing Material: Iron + Rust-resistant Spray Paint; Item Model Number: HPN-600GK2306; Operating Environment Temperature: -4℉ to 113℉; Input Voltage: 120V AC,60 Hz; Product Dimensions (L x W x H): 12.2 x 7.3 x 4.3 in\/310 x 185 x 110 mm; Output Voltage: 12V AC,60 Hz; Net Weight: 18 lbs \/8.2 kg; Power: 600W±10%; Number of Outputs: 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJGDBYQ300W12VDKKQV1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower: 300W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCasing Material: Iron + Rust-resistant Spray Paint; Item Model Number: HPN-300GK2303; Operating Environment Temperature: -4℉ to 113℉; Input Voltage: 120V AC,60 Hz; Product Dimensions (L x W x H): 10.4 x 6.5 x 3.5 in\/265 x 165 x 90 mm; Output Voltage: 12V AC,60 Hz; Net Weight: 11.5 lbs \/5.2 kg; Power: 300W±10%; Number of Outputs: 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJG120W12VAC339JGZV1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower: 120W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCasing Material: Iron + Rust-resistant Spray Paint; Item Model Number: HPN-120GK2301; Operating Environment Temperature: -4℉ to 113℉; Input Voltage: 120V AC,60 Hz; Product Dimensions (L x W x H): 9.3 x 4.9 x 3.5 in\/235 x 125 x 90 mm; Output Voltage: 12V AC,60 Hz; Net Weight: 6.28 lbs \/2.85 kg; Power: 120W±10%; Number of Outputs: 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eJGDBYQ600W12VIDPFV1 - Power: 600W\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcellent Upgrade: This low voltage landscape transformer has three independent operating modes that can simultaneously meet three different usage needs, such as Spotlight, Pathway Light, and Landscape light. 200W x 3 Group, each group is 200W. Light sensors should be avoided from being installed in areas with strong nighttime light, such as under streetlights or under controlled landscape lighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Universal: This landscape lighting transformer is made of excellent rust-resistant metal, water and windproof. Equipped with an external photoelectric sensor and a 6FT sensor cable, Ensure the product is not affected by indoor light and can be used normally!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1-12 Hours Timer: In addition to manual and automatic switches, the low voltage transformer also has a timing switch function. You can set up a scheduled service of 1-12 hours according to your needs, providing you and your family with the most accurate lighting services and maximizing energy savings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSilent Operation: This low voltage outdoor lighting transformer adopts high-quality circular coils, effectively reducing noise during operation and not producing irritating odors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to Install \u0026amp; Operate: Plug and play, don't need to program. Built-in hanging holes, simply mount the landscaping lighting transformer on outdoor walls 11 inches above the ground.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eJGDBYQ300W12VDKKQV1 - Power: 300W\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcellent Upgrade: This low voltage landscape transformer has three independent operating modes that can simultaneously meet three different usage needs, such as Spotlight, Pathway Light, and Landscape light. 100W x 3 Group, each group is 100W. Light sensors should be avoided from being installed in areas with strong nighttime light, such as under streetlights or under controlled landscape lighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Universal: This landscape lighting transformer is made of excellent rust-resistant metal, water and windproof. Equipped with an external photoelectric sensor and a 6FT sensor cable, Ensure the product is not affected by indoor light and can be used normally!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1-12 Hours Timer: In addition to manual and automatic switches, the low voltage transformer also has a timing switch function. You can set up a scheduled service of 1-12 hours according to your needs, providing you and your family with the most accurate lighting services and maximizing energy savings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSilent Operation: This low voltage outdoor lighting transformer adopts high-quality circular coils, effectively reducing noise during operation and not producing irritating odors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to Install \u0026amp; Operate: Plug and play, don't need to program. Built-in hanging holes, simply mount the landscaping lighting transformer on outdoor walls 11 inches above the ground.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eJG120W12VAC339JGZV1 - Power: 120W\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcellent Upgrade: This low voltage landscape transformer has three independent operating modes that can simultaneously meet three different usage needs, such as Spotlight, Pathway Light, and Landscape light. 40W x 3 Group, each group is 40W. Light sensors should be avoided from being installed in areas with strong nighttime light, such as under streetlights or under controlled landscape lighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndoor \u0026amp; Outdoor Universal: This landscape lighting transformer is made of excellent rust-resistant metal, water and windproof. Equipped with an external photoelectric sensor and a 6FT sensor cable, Ensure the product is not affected by indoor light and can be used normally!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1-12 Hours Timer: In addition to manual and automatic switches, the low voltage transformer also has a timing switch function. You can set up a scheduled service of 1-12 hours according to your needs, providing you and your family with the most accurate lighting services and maximizing energy savings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSilent Operation: This low voltage outdoor lighting transformer adopts high-quality circular coils, effectively reducing noise during operation and not producing irritating odors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to Install \u0026amp; Operate: Plug and play, don't need to program. Built-in hanging holes, simply mount the landscaping lighting transformer on outdoor walls 11 inches above the ground.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"600W","offer_id":51809843806514,"sku":"JGDBYQ600W12VIDPFV1","price":139.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"300W","offer_id":51809843839282,"sku":"JGDBYQ300W12VDKKQV1","price":96.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"120W","offer_id":51809843872050,"sku":"JG120W12VAC339JGZV1","price":54.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-jgdbyq600w12vidpfv1-0.jpg?v=1789447045"},{"product_id":"vevor-kdjzxkzx0000va4ipv0","title":"VEVOR Rolling Garden Seat - Select Your Configuration","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the exact VEVOR configuration listed below. Specifications and package contents are recorded per SKU.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKDJZXKZX0000VA4IPV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStyle: Chair Style with handle-blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal Frame Dimensions: 9.56 x 4.44 x 7.75 in; Accessories: Protective Seat Cover; Type: All-Metal\/Rolling; Seat: Height Adjustable, Direction Rotatable (Seat Height: 17.71-21.25 in); Wheel Size: 10 inch; Color: Blue; Item Model Number: TC4501S-BL; Loading Capacity: 300 lbs\/136 kg; Net Weight: 31.3 lbs; Handle: Height Adjustable 9.84 in; Product Size: 760x450x960 mm\/29.92 x 17.71 x 37.79 in; Tire Pressure: 30 psi MAX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKDJQXKQX0000M1EWPV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStyle: Chair Style with handle-green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal Frame Dimensions: 9.56 x 4.44 x 7.75 in; Accessories: Protective Seat Cover; Type: All-Metal\/Rolling; Seat: Height Adjustable, Direction Rotatable (Seat Height: 17.71-21.25 in); Wheel Size: 10 inch; Color: Green; Item Model Number: TC4501S-GN; Loading Capacity: 300 lbs\/136 kg; Net Weight: 31.3 lbs; Handle: Height Adjustable 9.84 in; Product Size: 760x450x960 mm\/29.92 x 17.71 x 37.79 in; Tire Pressure: 30 psi MAX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKYDHYZYZXKSSSHX39001V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStyle: Seat Back Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat: Height adjustable up to 8 cm (3.15 inches) \/ 360° rotating; Steering: Front wheel steering; Color: Green + Black; Seat Dimensions: 420*350mm \/ 16.54×13.78 inches; Product Dimensions: 810×480×690\/770mm \/ 31.89×18.90×27.17 inches \/ 30.31 inches; Wheel Material: Rubber; Handle: Telescoping, two adjustable lengths 580mm (22.83 inches) \/ 835mm (32.87 inches); Wheel Specification: 4.10x3.50-4; Load Capacity: 400lb \/ 181kg; Item Model Number: TC4502F; Product Weight: 16.8 kg \/ 37.04 lbs; Surface Treatment: Spray Coated; Style: Seat Back Style; Seat Material: Q195 Steel; Seat  Thickness: 1.8mm \/ 0.071 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKYDHYZYQXCWKOJKCS001V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStyle: Plastic Storage Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat: Non-adjustable height \/ 360° rotating; Wheel Size: Φ142mm \/ Φ5.59 inches; Steering: None; Load Capacity: 275lb \/ 123kg; Color: Grey + Green + Black; Item Model Number: TC4460A; Product Weight: Net weight: 2.8 kg \/ 6.17 lbs (including all accessories); Style: Plastic Storage Style; Product Dimensions: 520×310×280mm \/ 20.47×12.20×11.02 inches; Wheel Material: PP; Handle: None\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKYDHYZYZXCWKUET6P001V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStyle: Metal Storage Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat: Non-adjustable height \/ Non-rotating; Wheel Size: 8x2.50-4; Steering: None; Color: Green + Black; Product Dimensions: 760×520×440 mm \/ 29.92×20.47×17.32 inches; Wheel Material: Rubber; Handle: None; Storage Space: 450×325×235 mm \/ 17.72×12.80×9.25 inches; Load Capacity: 400lb \/ 181kg; Seat Cushion Material: EVA; Item Model Number: TC4502; Product Weight: Net weight: 11.3 kg \/ 24.91 lbs (including all accessories); Seat Cushion Dimensions: 485×320×18 mm \/ 19.09×12.60×0.71 inches; Style: Heavy-duty Storage Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKYDHYZYZXYZKUTJPE001V0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStyle: Chair Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat: Height adjustable up to 8 cm \/ 360° rotating; Steering: None; Seat Thickness: 1.8mm \/ 0.071 inch; Color: Red + Black; Seat Dimensions: 450×370 mm \/ 17.72×14.57 inches; Product Dimensions: 800×487×460\/540mm \/ 31.50×19.17×18.11\/ 21.26 inches; Axle Material: Q235 Steel; Wheel Material: Rubber; Handle: None; Storage Basket Dimensions: 470 x 405 mm; Wheel Specification: 8x2.50-4; Load Capacity: 300lb \/ 136kg; Item Model Number: TC4501B; Product Weight: Net weight: 11.6 kg \/ 25.57 lbs (including all accessories); Surface Treatment: Powder Coated; Storage Basket Color: Blue; Style: Heavy-duty Chair Style; Storage Basket Material: Low Carbon Steel; Seat Material: Q195 Steel; Axle Dimensions: Φ16 x 390 mm \/ Φ0.63 x 15.35 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eKDJZXKZX0000VA4IPV0 - Style: Chair Style with handle-blue\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExceptional Performance: The rolling garden cart features a 360-degree swivel function, allowing you to easily change angles. With its widened and thickened seat, it meets the needs of different people. Even during long-time use, it provides relief from lower back and lumbar pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtendable Steering Handle: Maneuver our rolling garden seat with ease thanks to the flexible steering and adjustable handle. The front wheels provide smooth control, making it effortless to navigate across any terrain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10-inch Inflatable Tires: Enhanced with treaded inflatable tires, this garden cart with seat increases its contact area, enabling you to travel through various types of terrain effortlessly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmple Storage Capacity: The durable metal storage basket offers a large space for you to store gardening tools. It's conveniently positioned for easy access while seated on the garden scooter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced Steel Construction: Crafted from 25mm cross-sectional steel, our garden rolling work seat is sturdy and durable, resistant to deformation, and suitable for both indoor and outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eKDJQXKQX0000M1EWPV0 - Style: Chair Style with handle-green\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExceptional Performance: The rolling garden cart features a 360-degree swivel function, allowing you to easily change angles. With its widened and thickened seat, it meets the needs of different people. Even during long-time use, it provides relief from lower back and lumbar pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtendable Steering Handle: Maneuver our rolling garden seat with ease thanks to the flexible steering and adjustable handle. The front wheels provide smooth control, making it effortless to navigate across any terrain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10-inch Inflatable Tires: Enhanced with treaded inflatable tires, this garden cart with seat increases its contact area, enabling you to travel through various types of terrain effortlessly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmple Storage Capacity: The durable metal storage basket offers a large space for you to store gardening tools. It's conveniently positioned for easy access while seated on the garden scooter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced Steel Construction: Crafted from 25mm cross-sectional steel, our garden rolling work seat is sturdy and durable, resistant to deformation, and suitable for both indoor and outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eKYDHYZYZXKSSSHX39001V0 - Style: Seat Back Style\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10in All Terrains Tires: This rolling garden cart with seat features 10-inch inflatable tires that absorb bumps, ensuring a smooth ride on uneven terrain. The adjustable handle (22.83” to 32.87”) makes it easy to pull around your yard, saving you effort while providing ease of use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e360° Rotating Seat: The garden seat with wheels is equipped with a 360° rotating seat, allowing you to adjust your position easily while gardening or working in your workshop. The ergonomic design helps prevent unnecessary body strain, making long work sessions more comfortable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-Duty \u0026amp; Stable: Built with a sturdy structure, this heavy-duty rolling garden stool supports up to 400 lbs. The cushioned seat provides comfort and an ideal working height, making it a reliable choice for gardening and other work environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable Toolbox: Featuring a detachable toolbox and wire basket, this outdoor garden scooter keeps your gardening tools, gloves, watering cans, and more within easy reach. The built-in storage rack keeps items organized for efficient gardening tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVarious Uses: Whether you're in the garden, workshop, or another outdoor workspace, this rolling garden seat with storage meets all your needs. Its versatile design and high-quality materials make it the perfect assistant for home gardening and multipurpose tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eKYDHYZYQXCWKOJKCS001V0 - Style: Plastic Storage Style\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelieves Back and Knee Pressure: Designed with comfort in mind, the rolling garden cart with seat doubles as a sturdy bench, making low-ground tasks like planting and weeding easier without the need to squat or bend. It effectively reduces back and knee pain, making it ideal for gardening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to Maneuver: Equipped with sturdy large wheels and built-in handles, this rolling garden stool with storage easily navigates tall grass, rocky terrain, and garden obstacles. Its easy handling makes it perfect for both kids and adults, providing effortless mobility wherever you go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable Construction: Made with a strong plastic frame, this rolling garden seat can handle up to 275 lbs, offering excellent durability. It's ideal for gardening and also suitable for other indoor and outdoor tasks like painting, cleaning, and even car repairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacious Storage for Tools: With a large internal storage compartment, this garden scooter cart allows you to keep gardening gloves, shears, trowels, and other tools neatly organized and easily accessible for a more efficient gardening experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile Design for Multiple Uses: Whether you're a gardening enthusiast or just need help with household chores, this rolling garden cart work seat meets all your needs. It’s not only an essential gardening tool but also a great companion for various indoor and outdoor tasks, boosting your productivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eKYDHYZYZXCWKUET6P001V0 - Style: Metal Storage Style\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtended Handle Design: The rolling garden cart comes with an extended handle, allowing you to roll it without bending over. It’s easy to use, saving effort, and suitable for users of all ages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultifunctional Design: This 4-in-1 design combines storage, seating, and a pull cart! The spacious storage basket keeps gardening tools within reach, while the multifunctional lid doubles as a comfortable seat and a pull handle. The 12\" wide seat with an EVA cushion is the largest and most comfortable on the market, relieving pressure on your knees and back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy Wheels for All Terrains: Equipped with durable 8-inch rubber wheels and a built-in handle, this metal garden seat with wheels easily navigates sand, grass, gravel, and other surfaces. With excellent stability, it’s perfect for both children and seniors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtra-Large Storage Capacity: Measuring 760 x 520 x 440 mm (29.92 x 20.47 x 17.32 inches), this garden cart on wheels offers ample storage space for gardening tools, plants, soil, and more, helping you work more efficiently and stay organized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll-Metal Structure: With a weight capacity of up to 400 lbs, this rolling garden stool cart is more durable than plastic alternatives, making it the perfect gardening assistant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eKYDHYZYZXYZKUTJPE001V0 - Style: Chair Style\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-Duty Durable Structure: This rolling garden cart with seat features a sturdy metal construction with a weight capacity of up to 300 lbs. The powder-coated design prevents rust and corrosion, extending its lifespan and keeping it durable and resistant to deformation. Ideal for both indoor and outdoor use, it’s an essential tool for your garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic 360° Rotating Seat: Combining ergonomic principles, this rolling garden seat with storage features a comfortable 360° rotating seat, allowing easy angle adjustments. The adjustable seat height accommodates different plant heights, reducing the need to bend over frequently and easing pressure on your shoulders, neck, back, and knees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10-inch All Terrains Tires: Equipped with four 10-inch inflatable tires with deep, anti-slip tread, this outdoor garden cart with wheels provides excellent grip on wet, muddy, or uneven terrain, preventing slipping or tipping. Whether in your backyard, garden, or garage, this cart easily handles all types of ground, ensuring a smooth gardening experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacious Storage for Tools: The garden stool is designed with practicality in mind, featuring a tray beneath the seat for storing gardening tools, plants, seeds, and fertilizers. Keep everything organized and within easy reach while you work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultifunctional for Various Uses: Whether you're in the garden, workshop, or another outdoor setting, this rolling garden scooter meets all your needs. Its versatile design and high-quality materials make it an ideal companion for home gardening and multipurpose tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"Chair Style with handle-blue","offer_id":51809915568434,"sku":"KDJZXKZX0000VA4IPV0","price":85.26,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chair Style with handle-green","offer_id":51809915601202,"sku":"KDJQXKQX0000M1EWPV0","price":85.26,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Seat Back Style","offer_id":51809915633970,"sku":"KYDHYZYZXKSSSHX39001V0","price":106.6,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Plastic Storage Style","offer_id":51809915666738,"sku":"KYDHYZYQXCWKOJKCS001V0","price":36.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Metal Storage Style","offer_id":51809915699506,"sku":"KYDHYZYZXCWKUET6P001V0","price":65.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chair Style","offer_id":51809915732274,"sku":"KYDHYZYZXYZKUTJPE001V0","price":49.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-kdjzxkzx0000va4ipv0-0.jpg?v=1789447099"},{"product_id":"vevor-lpcflkettle221dihv0","title":"VEVOR 21 Inch Cooking Grate for 21 inch Kettle Grill, Round Replacement Charcoal Grates, Iron Gas Grill Replacement Parts for Outdoor Cooking, Barbecue Camping, Picnic, Patio and Backyard, Silver","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the exact VEVOR configuration listed below. Specifications and package contents are recorded per SKU.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLPCFLKETTLE221DIHV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitle: Default Title\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrate Material: Iron; Inner Cooking Grill: Φ11 inch \/ Φ29 cm; Item Model Number: KY-G22-1; Grill Surface: Φ21 inch \/ Φ53 cm; Net Weight: 5.5 lbs \/ 2.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eLPCFLKETTLE221DIHV0 - Title: Default Title\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExact Fit: Replacement for 21-inch charcoal grills. Perfect for camping, picnics, parties, and RV trips. Indulge in delicious, smoky meals anywhere, and feel your taste buds dance with every bite!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e21-Inch Plated Grate: Cooking Size: 21in\/53cm in diameter. The grate can hold up to 13 burgers, making it ideal for small gatherings or parties of 6-7 people.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpecial Anti-Fall Stand: The unique stand supports the internal grate and prevents it from coming off. This flexible design allows you to add more charcoal without removing the grate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuality Iron Grate: The cooking grill grate is made of heavy-duty iron, durable, food-grade, rust-proof, and high-temperature heat resistant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA Breeze to Clean: Smooth surface is easy to clean. After use, you can wipe off excess oil and food with a paper towel, a cloth, or a grill brush.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51809966686514,"sku":"LPCFLKETTLE221DIHV0","price":26.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-lpcflkettle221dihv0-0.jpg?v=1789447131"},{"product_id":"vevor-gfsmyqnq70007y0fjv1","title":"VEVOR Kerosene Forced Air Heater, 70000 BTU Portable Torpedo Diesel Space Heater with Thermostat, 5 Gallon Tank Energy-Efficient heavy-duty Heater, for Indoor Outdoor Use Workshop","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVEVOR Kerosene Forced Air Heater, 70000 BTU Portable Torpedo Diesel Space Heater with Thermostat, 5 Gallon Tank Energy-Efficient heavy-duty Heater, for Indoor Outdoor Use Workshop\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGFSMYQNQ70007Y0FJV1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeating Capacity: 70000Btu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFuel Consumption: 0.5 gal\/h (1.9 L\/h); Voltage\/Frequency: AC 120V 60 Hz; Runtime: 9 hours; Main Materials: Cold Rolled Plate, Stainless Steel; Output Heat: 70,000 BTU; Item Model Number: ZB-K70; Fuel Types: Kerosene, Diesel; Fuel Tank Capacity: 5.0 gal \/ 19 L; Item Dimensions: 41.7\" x 21.3\" x 22.6\" \/ 770 x 290 x 395 mm; Heating Space: 14,125.9 cu ft \/ 400 m3; Thermostat Control: Yes; Item Weight: 28.4 lbs \/ 12.9 kg，±3 %\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eGFSMYQNQ70007Y0FJV1 - 70000Btu\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeating for Wide Workspace: This forced-air kerosene heater delivers 70,000 BTUs of heat, instantly warming up spaces like your workspace, barn, workshop, farm, or indoor areas up to 14,125.9 cuft \/ 400 m3. It ensures efficient equipment operation and worker comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThermostatic Energy Efficiency: The kerosene heater features a thermostat knob and room temperature display (adjustable from 40°F \/ 5°C to 110°F \/ 45°C). It stops heating when the room temperature exceeds your set temperature, saving energy. It also has built-in overheat protection (shuts off at 176°F \/ 80°C).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports Kerosene and Diesel: This heater accommodates both kerosene and diesel fuels, but only one type should be used at a time. We recommend 1-K kerosene for comfortable operation. It auto-shuts off on low fuel, with a fuel gauge for monitoring. Dual fuel filters reduce smoke and odor. A pressure gauge aids in monitoring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge Tank for Extended Heating: With a tank capacity of 5.0 gal \/ 19 L, the heater consumes fuel at a rate of 0.5 gal\/h (1.9 l\/h) under normal conditions. A full tank of fuel can run for up to 9 hours, eliminating the need for frequent refueling and ensuring peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile Usage for Multiple Scenarios: This kerosene heater is lightweight and equipped with a convenient handle, making it easy to carry. It can be used flexibly in construction sites, warehouses, open barns, docks, ensuring rapid and efficient heating solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"70000Btu","offer_id":51809973993778,"sku":"GFSMYQNQ70007Y0FJV1","price":197.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-gfsmyqnq70007y0fjv1-0.jpg?v=1789447141"},{"product_id":"vevor-lsrqzggxsgs18lu5hv0","title":"VEVOR Outdoor Propane Deep Fryer, Double Burners Commercial Fryer, 16 Qt Stainless Steel Cooker with Removable Baskets \u0026 Lids \u0026 Tanks, Oil Fryer Cart with Thermometer \u0026 Regulator, For Outdoor Cooking","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the exact VEVOR configuration listed below. Specifications and package contents are recorded per SKU.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLSRQZGGXSGS18LU5HV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitle: Default Title\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity: 4 Gal \/ 18 L (Two Tanks); Item Model Number: DBFY01; Material: Stainless Steel; Net Weight: 44 lbs \/ 20 kg; Strong Power: 64000 Btu\/hr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eLSRQZGGXSGS18LU5HV0 - Title: Default Title\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2-Tank 4 Gal Capacity: The outdoor propane deep fryer features two tanks with a combined capacity of 4 gallons (2 gals each). This allows you to fry larger quantities of food or even cook different types of food simultaneously. Please do not add oil over the Max Fill Line to avoid oil spatter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpgraded Dual Side Tables: The commercial deep fryer has two side tables that provide ample space for prepping ingredients, holding utensils, and keeping essential items within reach. These side tables enhance convenience and efficiency during the cooking process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndependent Fire Control: With the commercial deep fryer stand, you can individually control the fire for each tank. The knobs have damping and can be turned to OFF to put out the fire. The hollow panel design makes it simple to observe the flames, ensuring proper heat management. Moreover, the thermometer enables you to accurately monitor the oil temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety Precautions: The commercial fryer comes with several safety precautions. It is explicitly designed for outdoor use only. Proper assembly and tightening of screws are essential for secure operation. A hose connector with CSA Certification meets security standards. It is recommended to wear gloves during operation to protect your hands, and defrosting the food before frying ensures secure and consistent results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntimate Details: Our deep fryer 2 baskets offers durability and easy cleaning. It is rust-resistant and suitable for outdoor use. The dual wind baffles ensure consistent heat by protecting against wind interference. The low basket hanger preserves the heat of fried food, while the high basket hanger facilitates proper oil drainage during cooling. These considerate features enhance your cooking experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51809979531570,"sku":"LSRQZGGXSGS18LU5HV0","price":173.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-lsrqzggxsgs18lu5hv0-0.jpg?v=1789447149"},{"product_id":"vevor-lsyykjdgl1414cjxov0","title":"VEVOR Swivel Campfire Grill, Fire Pit Grill Grate over Fire Pits, Heavy Duty Steel Grill Grates, 360° Adjustable Open Fire Outdoor Cooking Equipment, Portable Camp Fire Racks for Camping Outdoor BBQ","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the exact VEVOR configuration listed below. Specifications and package contents are recorded per SKU.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLSYYKJDGL1414CJXOV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitle: Default Title\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh Temp Resistance: 572℉ \/ 300℃; Load Capacity: 13 lbs \/ 6 kg; Item Model Number: JY-XZKJ-04; Material: Premium Steel; Net Weight: 7.5 lbs \/ 3.4 kg; Product Size: 32\"x14\"x48.2\" \/ 815x360x1225 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eLSYYKJDGL1414CJXOV0 - Title: Default Title\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetachable \u0026amp; Portable: This swivel campfire grill boasts a detachable design and comes with a storage bag that is both wearable and beautiful to carry and protect the grill, making it easy to transport anywhere. Net Weight: 7.5 lbs \/ 3.4 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-Quality Steel: The campfire grill fire pit is made of heavy-duty steel with a coat of paint on the surface, which is durable, food-grade, rust-proof, and high-temperature heat resistant. It can stand temperatures up to 572℉ \/ 300℃ without deformation and cracking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsiderate Details: With bakelite handle for easy cooking height adjustment. Rotate, raise, or lower for optimum cooking temperature. Also, 14\" grill grate and U-shaped hook can be used with cast iron dutch ovens\/tea kettles\/pans, etc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiamond-Shaped Mesh: The fire pit grill is designed with a high-density mesh grill, which can transfer heat efficiently and distributes heat evenly. You won't worry about dropping food if you want to cook bacon, eggs, toast, steaks, pancakes, sausages, or even pineapple slices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMulti-Purpose Use: Assemble quickly in 5 minutes with the clear instructions. Designed for use with outdoor cookware, frying pans, skillets, and pots, for cooking over an open fire and widely used outdoors such as camping, hiking, picnic, traveling, backpacking, climbing, fishing, and other outdoor activities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51809979924786,"sku":"LSYYKJDGL1414CJXOV0","price":35.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-lsyykjdgl1414cjxov0-0.jpg?v=1789447151"},{"product_id":"vevor-ltczyhssl6smj7zwov0","title":"VEVOR 7 Pieces Patio Dining Set, Outdoor Rectangle Furniture Table and Chairs Set, All Weather Garden Furniture Table Sets, HIPS Patio Conversation Set, For Lawn, Deck, Backyard, Poolside, Black","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the exact VEVOR configuration listed below. Specifications and package contents are recorded per SKU.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLTCZYHSSL6SMJ7ZWOV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitle: Default Title\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Capacity (Table): 330 lbs \/ 150kg; Load Capacity (Chair): 330 lbs \/ 150kg; Net Weight (2 Side Chairs): 45 lbs \/ 20.55 kg; Color: Black; Model: WS-SS-002; Material: High Impact Polystyrene (HIPS); Net Weight (2 Armchairs): 55 lbs \/ 25 kg; Net Weight (Table): 79 lbs \/ 36 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eLTCZYHSSL6SMJ7ZWOV0 - Title: Default Title\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7 PCS Patio Dining Set: Indulge in the luxury of a complete 7-piece set, comprising a table and 6 chairs, expertly constructed to withstand the rigors of outdoor use, with a sturdy load capacity of 330 lbs, making them perfect for both intimate dinners and festive occasions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh Impact Polystyrene: Crafted with the high impact polystyrene, our patio dining sets are engineered to withstand the ever-changing outdoor weather conditions. Rainproof, sunproof, easy to clean and stronger than HDPE, you can count on our sets to retain their stunning appearance for years to come.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSquare Dining Table: Embrace the allure of our square dining table, boasting deeper embossing that exudes elegance and a wood-like tabletop for a touch of sophistication. This stylish centerpiece sets the stage for unforgettable dining experiences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomized Sitting Experience: The breathable surface gap that keeps you cool on warm days. High back support invites you to linger a little longer at the table. The curved smooth armrests add an extra layer of comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnjoy Simple Assembly: Assembling your dream outdoor dining area has never been easier. We have taken care of the logistics, dividing the set into 4 packages for your convenience (1 table in 1-package, 6 chairs in 3 packages) , ensuring a hassle-free and straightforward assembly process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51809985167666,"sku":"LTCZYHSSL6SMJ7ZWOV0","price":1027.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-ltczyhssl6smj7zwov0-0.jpg?v=1789447155"},{"product_id":"vevor-ltczyqhssl4s5yfpuv0","title":"VEVOR 5 Pieces Patio Dining Set, Outdoor Square Furniture Table and Chairs, All Weather Garden Furniture Table Sets, HIPS Small Patio Conversation Set, For Lawn, Deck, Backyard, Poolside, Light Gray","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the exact VEVOR configuration listed below. Specifications and package contents are recorded per SKU.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLTCZYQHSSL4S5YFPUV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitle: Default Title\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Capacity (Table): 330 lbs \/ 150kg; Load Capacity (Chair): 330 lbs \/ 150kg; Color: Light Gray; Model: WS-SS-001; Material: High Impact Polystyrene (HIPS); Net Weight (2 Armchairs): 55 lbs \/ 25 kg; Net Weight (Table): 50 lbs \/ 23 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eLTCZYQHSSL4S5YFPUV0 - Title: Default Title\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 PCS Patio Dining Set: Indulge in the luxury of a complete 5-piece set, comprising a table and 4 chairs, expertly constructed to withstand the rigors of outdoor use, with a sturdy load capacity of 330 lbs, making them perfect for both intimate dinners and festive occasions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh Impact Polystyrene: Crafted with the high impact polystyrene, our patio dining sets are engineered to withstand the ever-changing outdoor weather conditions. Rainproof, sunproof, easy to clean and stronger than HDPE, you can count on our sets to retain their stunning appearance for years to come.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSquare Dining Table: Embrace the allure of our square dining table, boasting deeper embossing that exudes elegance and a wood-like tabletop for a touch of sophistication. This stylish centerpiece sets the stage for unforgettable dining experiences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomized Sitting Experience: The breathable surface gap that keeps you cool on warm days. High back support invites you to linger a little longer at the table. The curved smooth armrests add an extra layer of comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnjoy Simple Assembly: Assembling your dream outdoor dining area has never been easier. We have taken care of the logistics, dividing the set into 3 packages for your convenience (1 table in 1-package, 4 chairs in 2 packages) , ensuring a hassle-free and straightforward assembly process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51809985200434,"sku":"LTCZYQHSSL4S5YFPUV0","price":623.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-ltczyqhssl4s5yfpuv0-0.jpg?v=1789447157"},{"product_id":"vevor-gfsmyqnq1750j5pwdv1","title":"VEVOR Kerosene Forced Air Heater, 175000 BTU Portable Air Space Heater with Thermostat, 13.2 Gallon Tank Energy-Efficient heavy-duty Heater, for Indoor Outdoor Use Workshop","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVEVOR Kerosene Forced Air Heater, 175000 BTU Portable Air Space Heater with Thermostat, 13.2 Gallon Tank Energy-Efficient heavy-duty Heater, for Indoor Outdoor Use Workshop\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGFSMYQNQ1750J5PWDV1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeating Capacity: 175000Btu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFuel Consumption: 1.3 gal\/h (4.8 L\/h); Voltage\/Frequency: AC 120V 60 Hz; Runtime: 9.5 hours; Main Materials: Q235A Cold Rolled Plate, SUS441 Stainless Steel; Output Heat: 175,000 BTU; Item Model Number: ZB-K175; Fuel Types: Kerosene, Diesel; Fuel Tank Capacity: 13.2 gal \/ 50 L; Item Dimensions: 40.9\" x 22.0\" x 23.6\" \/ 1040 x 560 x 600 mm; Heating Space: 36,021 cu ft \/ 1,020 m3; Thermostat Control: Yes; Item Weight: 51.9 lbs \/ 23.5 kg, ±2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eGFSMYQNQ1750J5PWDV1 - 175000Btu\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeating for Wide Workspace: This forced-air kerosene heater delivers 175,000 BTUs of heat, instantly warming up spaces like your workspace, barn, workshop, farm, or indoor areas up to 36021 cuft \/ 1020 m3. It ensures efficient equipment operation and worker comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThermostatic Energy Efficiency: The kerosene heater features a thermostat knob and room temperature display (adjustable from 40°F \/ 5°C to 110°F \/ 45°C). It stops heating when the room temperature exceeds your set temperature, saving energy. It also has built-in overheat protection (shuts off at 176°F \/ 80°C).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports Kerosene and Diesel: This heater accommodates both kerosene and diesel fuels, but only one type should be used at a time. We recommend 1-K kerosene for comfortable operation. It auto-shuts off on low fuel, with a fuel gauge for monitoring. Dual fuel filters reduce smoke and odor. A pressure gauge aids in monitoring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge Tank for Extended Heating: With a tank capacity of 13.2 gal \/ 50 L, the heater consumes fuel at a rate of 1.3 gal\/h under normal conditions. A full tank of fuel can run for up to 9.5 hours, eliminating the need for frequent refueling and ensuring peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile Usage for Multiple Scenarios: This kerosene heater is lightweight and equipped with a convenient handle, making it easy to carry. It can be used flexibly in construction sites, warehouses, open barns, docks, ensuring rapid and efficient heating solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"175000Btu","offer_id":51809986216242,"sku":"GFSMYQNQ1750J5PWDV1","price":320.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-gfsmyqnq1750j5pwdv1-0.jpg?v=1789447158"},{"product_id":"vevor-ltczywdxg4zyvjqrnv0","title":"VEVOR 5 Pieces Patio Dining Set, Outdoor Furniture Table and Swivel Chairs Set, All Weather Garden Furniture Table Sets, Iron Patio Conversation Set with Umbrella Hole, For Lawn, Deck, Backyard, Black","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the exact VEVOR configuration listed below. Specifications and package contents are recorded per SKU.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLTCZYWDXG4ZYVJQRNV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitle: Default Title\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Capacity (Table): 265 lbs \/ 120 kg; Load Capacity (Chair): 330 lbs \/ 150 kg; Color: Black; Materials: Metal Steel Frame \u0026amp; Textliene Fabric Seat; Item Model Number: FCS3319, FTS005D; Net Weight (Table): 28 lbs \/ 12.75 kg; Net Weight (2 Chairs): 54 lbs \/ 24.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eLTCZYWDXG4ZYVJQRNV0 - Title: Default Title\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 PCS Patio Dining Set: Indulge in the luxury of a complete 5-piece dining set, comprising a table and 4 chairs, expertly constructed to withstand the rigors of outdoor use, with a sturdy load capacity of 330 lbs, making them perfect for both intimate dinners and festive occasions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuperb Textilene Fabric: Our outdoor patio dining sets boast the exceptional textilene fabric, a marvel of outdoor textiles, combining superior weather resistance. Rainproof, sunproof, breathable and easy to clean, this fabric allows you to dine in comfort, regardless of the weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomized Sitting Experience: With 360°swivel functionality, you can effortlessly converse with your loved ones and move freely while enjoying your meals. The patio chairs’ high back support ensures that you can relax comfortably for hours, and the streamlined armrests add a touch of sophistication to the overall design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal Steel Table: The patio table features a 1.7\" umbrella hole on the tabletop, allowing you to create shade on hot days and add your favorite umbrella for a touch of personalization. The curved legs save space, and a rust-proof powder coating for durability, even when exposed to the elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnjoy Simple Assembly: Assembling your dream outdoor dining area has never been easier. We have taken care of the logistics, dividing the garden furniture table set into 3 packages for your convenience (1 table in 1-package, 4 chairs in 2 packages) , ensuring a hassle-free and straightforward assembly process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51809988215090,"sku":"LTCZYWDXG4ZYVJQRNV0","price":485.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-ltczywdxg4zyvjqrnv0-0.jpg?v=1789447161"},{"product_id":"vevor-ltczywdxg6zyhv6aqv0","title":"VEVOR 7 Pieces Patio Dining Set, Outdoor Furniture Table and Swivel Chairs Set, All Weather Garden Furniture Table Sets, Iron Patio Conversation Set with Umbrella Hole, For Lawn, Deck, Backyard, Black","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the exact VEVOR configuration listed below. Specifications and package contents are recorded per SKU.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLTCZYWDXG6ZYHV6AQV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitle: Default Title\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Capacity (Table): 220 lbs \/ 100 kg; Load Capacity (Chair): 330 lbs \/ 150 kg; Color: Black; Materials: Metal Steel Frame \u0026amp; Textliene Fabric Seat; Item Model Number: FTS556, FCS3319; Net Weight (Table): 42 lbs \/ 19 kg; Net Weight (2 Chairs): 54 lbs \/ 24.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eLTCZYWDXG6ZYHV6AQV0 - Title: Default Title\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7 PCS Patio Dining Set: Indulge in the luxury of a complete 7-piece dining set, comprising a table and 6 chairs, expertly constructed to withstand the rigors of outdoor use, with a sturdy load capacity of 330 lbs, making them perfect for both intimate dinners and festive occasions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuperb Textilene Fabric: Our outdoor patio dining sets boast the exceptional textilene fabric, a marvel of outdoor textiles, combining superior weather resistance. Rainproof, sunproof, breathable and easy to clean, this fabric allows you to dine in comfort, regardless of the weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomized Sitting Experience: With 360°swivel functionality, you can effortlessly converse with your loved ones and move freely while enjoying your meals. The patio chairs’ high back support ensures that you can relax comfortably for hours, and the streamlined armrests add a touch of sophistication to the overall design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal Steel Table: The patio table features a 1.7\" umbrella hole on the tabletop, allowing you to create shade on hot days and add your favorite umbrella for a touch of personalization. The curved legs save space, and a rust-proof powder coating for durability, even when exposed to the elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnjoy Simple Assembly: Assembling your dream outdoor dining area has never been easier. We have taken care of the logistics, dividing the garden furniture table set into 4 packages for your convenience (1 table in 1-package, 6 chairs in 3 packages) , ensuring a hassle-free and straightforward assembly process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51809988247858,"sku":"LTCZYWDXG6ZYHV6AQV0","price":715.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-ltczywdxg6zyhv6aqv0-0.jpg?v=1789447161"},{"product_id":"vevor-qfbsgefczgmd5ckqgv0","title":"VEVOR 2+2 Passenger Golf Cart Cover, 600D Polyester Full Cover, Suitable for 2+2 Golf Carts, Waterproof, Sunproof, and Dustproof Outdoor Golf Cart Cover with Three Zipper Doors,","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVEVOR 2+2 Passenger Golf Cart Cover, 600D Polyester Full Cover, Suitable for 2+2 Golf Carts, Waterproof, Sunproof, and Dustproof Outdoor Golf Cart Cover with Three Zipper Doors,\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQFBSGEFCZGMD5CKQGV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCar Cover Size: 112 x 48 x 66 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBottom Size: 2830x1200 mm \/ 111.42x47.24 inches; Top Size: 2020x1080 mm \/ 79.53x42.52 inches; Item Height: 1680mm ±30mm \/ 66.14±1.18 inches; Item Model Number: COV-21; Material: High-density 600D Polyester; Net Weight: 4.2 kg \/ 9.26 lbs (including all accessories); Suitable For: Universal 4-seater, Fits Most Four-person Golf Carts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eQFBSGEFCZGMD5CKQGV0 - 112 x 48 x 66 in\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully Enclosed Golf Car Cover: Boasting dimensions of 112x48x66 inches, this heavy-duty golf cart cover universally fits Yamaha, EZGO, and Club Car 2- or 4-seater vehicles, including 2+2 carts with rear flip seats. Moreover, its fully enclosed design ensures superior protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable and Premium Material: This high-quality full cover for 4-passenger golf carts uses a superior fabric made of high-density 600D polyester with a PU coating, greatly enhancing its overall durability. It possesses features resistant to tearing, fading, aging, water, wind, and UV rays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvenient Access: The club car cover features 3 smooth zippers on the front and both sides, allowing users to easily access items without removing the entire cover. Dual reflective stripes are designed for better visibility in the dark, improving safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptimized Features: Vented designs on both sides prevent stuffiness, promoting air circulation. External reflective stripes ensure visibility at night. In addition, waterproof tape at the seams, velcro waterproofing, and a strong resistance to adverse weather are integrated. An adjustable elastic hem drawstring ensures the cover fits snugly to the vehicle, and a buckle at the bottom provides robust wind resistance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy Installation and Storage: This outdoor golf cart cover comes with an instruction manual to guide users for hassle-free usage. Additionally, it includes a handy storage bag, making it convenient to tuck away in a corner, saving you space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"112 x 48 x 66 in","offer_id":51809989099826,"sku":"QFBSGEFCZGMD5CKQGV0","price":42.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-qfbsgefczgmd5ckqgv0-0.jpg?v=1789447163"},{"product_id":"vevor-jgjgdnbg12jtx6urfv9","title":"VEVOR Landscape Lighting, 6W Low Voltage LED Landscape Lights, IP66 Waterproof Landscape Spotlights Yard Lawn Garden Pathway Outdoor Lights 12V 24V 450LM Warm White 3000K (12 Pack","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVEVOR Landscape Lighting, 6W Low Voltage LED Landscape Lights, IP66 Waterproof Landscape Spotlights Yard Lawn Garden Pathway Outdoor Lights 12V 24V 450LM Warm White 3000K (12 Pack\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJGJGDNBG12JTX6URFV9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitle: Default Title\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection Level: IP66; Color Temperature: ≥3000K; Voltage: 12-24V AC\/DC; Operating Temperature Range: -13℉ to 149℉\/-25℃ to 65℃; Item Model Number: JS-CDD002; Product Weight: 5.68 lbs\/2.58 kg; Material: Die-Cast Aluminum + Glass Lens; Power: 6W; Luminous Flux: 450 lm; Product Size: Φ2.87 x 11.73 in\/Φ73 x 298 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eJGJGDNBG12JTX6URFV9 - Default Title\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight Up Your Outdoors Brilliantly: With just 6W, our landscape lighting punches out a dazzling 450 lm. It's not just bright; it's smartly efficient, working across 12-24V AC\/DC. Thanks to a CRI of Ra≥80, you can enjoy true and vibrant colors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn, Tilt, Spotlight: Our landscape light features a 270° rotatable light head and 45° spotlighting, making it easy to adjust the lighting angle. Set the scene, whether it's your garden's grand oak, the path to your front door, or that funky art piece by the driveway. The world is your stage!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRain or Shine, We Shine: The weather's moody, but our outdoor landscaping light isn't. With IP66 waterproofing and a temperature range of -13°F to 149°F, it's the reliable glow you can count on even under harsh weather conditions. Come rain, snow, or scorching sun.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-Quality Build \u0026amp; Longevity: Our blend of top-notch COB LED chips and a rust-resistant aluminum body isn't just about good looks. We're talking 50,000 hours of shine. And our low voltage landscape light's protective measures ensure our brilliance never falters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY Dream: No need for professionals. Our LED landscape lights come with quick connectors and a detailed installation guide, making it a breeze even for those new to electrical tasks. The quick connectors are specially designed to make wiring both simple and secure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51809990377778,"sku":"JGJGDNBG12JTX6URFV9","price":64.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-jgjgdnbg12jtx6urfv9-0.jpg?v=1789447166"},{"product_id":"vevor-mbsdxwhs365innvxov0","title":"VEVOR Cat House Outdoor, 3-Tier Large Catio, Cat Enclosure with 360° Rotating Casters, 2 Platforms, A Resting Box and Large Front Door, 29.9 x 34 x 64.1 inch","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the exact VEVOR configuration listed below. Specifications and package contents are recorded per SKU.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMBSDXWHS365INNVXOV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitle: Default Title\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain Materials: Galvanized Mesh+Fir Wood; Number of Tiers: 3; Color: Gray; Item Model Number: CH470; Product Weight: 54.8 lbs\/24.9 kg; Shelf Load Capacity: 30 lbs; Number of Doors: 1; Product Dimensions: 29.9x34x64.1 inch\/760x865x1630 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eMBSDXWHS365INNVXOV0 - Title: Default Title\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacious Space: VEVOR’s 3-tier wooden cat house offers a spacious and comfortable home for 1-2 cats or other small animals such as birds, rabbits, or hamsters. Its product size of 29.9x34x53.5 inches provides ample space for pets to move around and play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElegance and Durable: Made of metal wire and fir wood, this catio boasts elegance and durability. Its rust-proof and sturdy design can withstand up to 30 lbs per tier and has an overall loading capacity of 90 lbs. The waterproof asphalt roof protects pets from sun and rain, ensuring their well-being in severe weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick Installation: Our cat catio comes with installation tools and a detailed instruction manual for easy and quick installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractical Accessories: Here, we provide 1 cat resting box for a comfortable sleeping environment, 2 large front doors, and 2 small windows with hooks. The small windows with handles are designed for easy opening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to Clean: Cleaning is hassle-free thanks to the 4 wheels with brakes and a removable bottom tray. Whether indoor or outdoor, this cat house provides an amusement park for cats to play and rest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51809992802610,"sku":"MBSDXWHS365INNVXOV0","price":208.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-mbsdxwhs365innvxov0-0.jpg?v=1789447173"},{"product_id":"vevor-mbsdxwhs771in1icav0","title":"VEVOR Cat House Outdoor, 7-Tier Large Catio, Cat Enclosure with 5 Platforms, 2 Resting Boxes \u0026 Large Front Door, 71.2 x 34.6 x 66.5 inch","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the exact VEVOR configuration listed below. Specifications and package contents are recorded per SKU.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMBSDXWHS771IN1ICAV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitle: Default Title\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain Materials: Galvanized Mesh+Fir Wood; Wire Mesh Size: 11.8×11.8 mm\/0.4\"×0.4\"; Number of Tiers: 3; Color: Gray; Item Model Number: CH448; Product Weight: 44 lbs\/20 kg; Shelf Load Capacity: 30 lbs; Number of Doors: 1; PVC Floor Mat Size: 760×720 mm\/29.9\"×28.3\"; Product Dimensions: 71.2x34.6x66.5 inch\/1810x880x1690 mm; Wire Diameter: 0.6 mm\/0.02\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eMBSDXWHS771IN1ICAV0 - Title: Default Title\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacious Space: VEVOR’s 7-tier wooden cat house offers a spacious and comfortable climbing space for cats or other small animals such as birds, rabbits, or hamsters. Its product size of 71.2x34.6 x66.5 inches provides ample space for pets to move around and play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElegance and Durable: Made of metal wire and fir wood, this catio boasts elegance and durability. Its rust-proof and sturdy design can withstand up to 30 lbs per tier and has a net weight of 44 lbs\/20kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick Installation: Our cat catio comes with installation tools and a detailed instruction manual for easy and quick installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractical Accessories: Here, we provide a waterproof roof cover to protect pets from sun and rain. 2 cat resting boxes give a comfortable sleeping environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to Clean: The oversized 2.67-inch front door with a safety latch allows easy access to the cat enclosure to interact with pets while making cleaning easier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51809992900914,"sku":"MBSDXWHS771IN1ICAV0","price":290.02,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-mbsdxwhs771in1icav0-0.jpg?v=1789447174"},{"product_id":"vevor-r3600psi26gpm7jarv0","title":"VEVOR Gas Pressure Washer, 3600 PSI 2.6 GPM, Gas Powered Pressure Washer with Copper Pump, Spray Gun and Extension Wand, 5 Quick Connect Nozzles, for Cleaning Cars, Homes, Driveways, Patios","description":"\u003csection\u003e\u003ch2\u003eProduct overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the exact VEVOR configuration listed below. Specifications and package contents are recorded per SKU.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompare exact SKUs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"overflow-x:auto\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR3600PSI26GPM7JARV0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitle: Default Title\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine Type: 210cc; Hose Dia.: 0.5'' \/ 12.55 mm; Wand Length: 2.6 ft \/ 81 cm; Hose Length: 26 ft \/ 8 m; Wheels Size: 10'' \/ 25.4 cm; Max. Flow Rate: 2.6 GPM; Gas Tank: 0.8 gal \/ 3L; Item Model Number: BS180D-SP; Nozzles: 0°\/15°\/25°\/40°; Max. Pressure: 3600 PSI; Power: 7HP; Weight: 58.2 lbs \/ 26.4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDetails by SKU\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eR3600PSI26GPM7JARV0 - Title: Default Title\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3600 PSI High-pressure: The gas power washer is a powerhouse with a 3600 PSI pressure and 2.6 GPM flow rate. It's perfect for removing tough stains, especially from brick patios covered in years of dirt and moss, and oil or rust-stained concrete driveways. If you don't have access to a power outlet, a gas pressure washer is your go-to tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEfficient 7 HP Engine: The gas powered pressure washer has a powerful 210 ml 4-spoke engine and can hold 0.8 gallons of gasoline. It's easy to start and has a copper pump. If you're a DIY enthusiast who values strength and performance, this is an excellent choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultipurpose Use: The gas pressure washer comes with 5 quick-connect metal spray nozzles ( 0°\/ 15°\/ 25°\/ 40°\/ Soap Nozzle ) , ranging from high-impact water jets to gentle sprays. Definitely best suited for your different cleaning tasks and saves unnecessary expenses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWell-stored Accessories: This high pressure washer comes with a spray-gun that can be quickly connected and 5 different nozzles. It also includes a 26 ft water hose that is resistant to abrasion and high pressure. Everything is conveniently stored on the machine so you don't have to worry about losing any parts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMove with Ease: our high power washer is crafted with a strong steel frame and features an ergonomic handle and two 10-inch wheels that never go flat. You can move it around easily, from the front yard to the back, without any hassle. Using this machine will make your cleaning tasks much simpler and less tiring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"VEVOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51810160443698,"sku":"R3600PSI26GPM7JARV0","price":320.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0875\/5622\/7378\/files\/vevor-r3600psi26gpm7jarv0-0.jpg?v=1789447282"}],"url":"https:\/\/dekuch.com\/collections\/patio-garden.oembed?page=42","provider":"Dekuch Living","version":"1.0","type":"link"}